master of business administrations (mba)

272
1 Master of Business Administrations (MBA) Programme Objectives (PO): The objectives of MBA Programme are: PO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge with an integrated approach to various functions of management. PO2: To develop effective communication and presentation skills required to become a successful business professional. PO3: To analyze and apply research and analytical skills in business decision making. PO4: To demonstrate the skills of organizing, planning, controlling, team-building and leadership in the challenging business environment. PO5: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the area of HR, Marketing, Finance, IT, Operations and IB professional. PO6: To devise the ethical values and business ethics required for being socially responsible and environmental sensitive professional in business. Programme Learning Outcomes (PLO): The expected outcomes after completing the program would be: PLO1: Management knowledge: Apply the knowledge of basic concepts and theories of management to solve business problems. PLO2: Communication: Communicate effectively during formal communication and presentation necessary for a management professional. PLO3: Technical Knowledge: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, modern management and IT tools in complex management activities with an understanding of its limitations. PLO4: Investigation of Business Problems: Summarize and apply the research based knowledge and practical exposure in the real business world.

Upload: others

Post on 18-Dec-2021

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

1

Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

Programme Objectives (PO):

The objectives of MBA Programme are:

PO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge with an integrated approach to various functions of

management.

PO2: To develop effective communication and presentation skills required to become a successful

business professional.

PO3: To analyze and apply research and analytical skills in business decision making.

PO4: To demonstrate the skills of organizing, planning, controlling, team-building and leadership

in the challenging business environment.

PO5: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the area of HR, Marketing, Finance,

IT, Operations and IB professional.

PO6: To devise the ethical values and business ethics required for being socially responsible and

environmental sensitive professional in business.

Programme Learning Outcomes (PLO):

The expected outcomes after completing the program would be:

PLO1: Management knowledge: Apply the knowledge of basic concepts and theories of

management to solve business problems.

PLO2: Communication: Communicate effectively during formal communication and

presentation necessary for a management professional.

PLO3: Technical Knowledge: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, modern

management and IT tools in complex management activities with an understanding of its

limitations.

PLO4: Investigation of Business Problems: Summarize and apply the research based knowledge

and practical exposure in the real business world.

Page 2: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

2

PLO5: Entrepreneurial Perspective: Identify, assess and shape entrepreneurial opportunities

and evaluate their potential for business success.

PLO6: Environment and Sustainability: Combine the professional management solutions in

societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate the knowledge for sustainable development.

PLO7: Leadership Skills: Participate and contribute in organizations, businesses, consulting

projects or internship opportunities as an integral part of programme.

PLO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and committed to professional ethics and responsibilities

of management practices.

PLO9: Global Perspective: Enhance ability to assess and evaluate the dynamics of internal and

external elements of the competitive global environment.

PLO10: Area Specific Expertise: Apply various concepts, models etc. in the functional areas of

business like Finance, Marketing, Human Resource, International Business, and Information

Technology in the organization as per area of interest.

PLO11: Cross-Disciplinary Integration and Strategic Perspective: Conceptualize, organize

and resolve complex business problems by using the limited resources available.

PLO12: Legal Knowledge: Apply the knowledge related to the various laws. In the real business

world.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSO):

PSO1 Acquire Practical learning opportunity through summer internship, industrial visit and

research projects.

PSO2 Apply in-depth knowledge in their core elective area of specialization like Finance, Human

Recourse, Marketing, International Business, Operations Management and Information

Technology to solve the business world complexities.

PSO3 Understand and develop the new dimensions of knowledge through open elective and value

added courses to cater the need of the industry.

Page 3: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

3

MBA

I YEAR SMESTER – I

S.

No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C

CORE

1 MEM1001 Managerial Economics 3 - - 40 60 100 3

2 MCM1005 Accounting and Financial Analysis 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

3 MMG1012 Organizational Behaviour 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

4 MMG1013 Marketing Management 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

5 MMG1014 Computer Applications in

Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3

GE (Choose any One)

1 MMG1001 Principles & Practices of

Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3

2 MMG1015 Business, Government and Society 3 - - 40 60 100 3

AECC

1 MMG1025 Managerial Communication 3 1 - 40 60 100 3

2 MMG1016 Quantitative Techniques 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

SEC

1 MMG1501 Software Application in

Management - I - - 2 80 20 100 1

Total 24 5 2 400 500 900 29

L - Lecture

T -Tutorial

P -Practical

CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation

ESE -End Semester Exam

C -Credit PS: In Generic Elective Subject (GE), student has to choose any one out of two options given. The total of

LTP, CIE, ESE and Credits have been calculated accordingly.

Page 4: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

4

MBA

I YEAR SEMESTER – II

S.

No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C

CORE

1 MMG2001 Research Methodology 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

2 MMG2002 Human Resource Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3

3 MMG2003 Business Environment 3 - - 40 60 100 3

4 MCM2003 Financial Management 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

5 MMG2007 Legal Aspects of Business 3 - - 40 60 100 3

GE (Choose any One)

1 MMG2013 Entrepreneurship Development 3 - - 40 60 100 3

2 MMG2006 Production and Operations

Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3

AECC

1 MMG2014 Operations Research 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

SEC

1 MMG2503 Software Application in

Management-II - - 2 80 20 100 1

2 MSS2501 Soft Skill - - 2 100 - 100 1

3 MAP2501 Aptitude & Reasoning and Online

Test - - 2 100 - 100 1

4 MMG2504 Industrial Visit - - - 100 - 100 1

5 MMG2505 Comprehensive Viva-I - - - 100 - 100 1

Total 21 3 6 760 440 1200 29

L - Lecture

T -Tutorial

P -Practical

CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation

ESE -End Semester Exam

C -Credit

PS: In Generic Elective Subject (GE), student has to choose any one out of two options given. The total of

LTP, CIE, ESE and Credits have been calculated accordingly.

Page 5: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

5

MBA

II YEAR SEMESTER – III

S.

No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C

CORE

1 MCS3011 Management Information System 3 - - 40 60 100 3

2 MMG3001 Corporate Governance and Business

Ethics 3 - - 40 60 100 3

Subject

Elective

1 --- Elective - 1 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

2 --- Elective - 2 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

3 --- Elective - 3 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

1 Open Elective

(Choose any One from the List of

Open Electives/Value Added

Courses

3 - - 40 60 100 3

AECC

1 MMG3505 Summer Training - Project Report - - 2 80 20 100 3

SEC

2 MSS3501 Soft Skill - - 2 100 - 100 1

1 MAP3501 Aptitude & Reasoning and Online

Test - - 2 100 - 100 1

2 MMG3506 SPSS - - 2 80 20 100 1

Total 18 3 8 600 400 1000 27

1 Value Added

Course

(May choose max. Two from the

List of Open Electives/Value Added

Courses excluding the open elective

already chosen

3 - - 40 60 100 3

University Mandatory Non-Credit Course

1. XHUX601 Human Values and Ethics 2 - - 100 - 100 0

L - Lecture

T -Tutorial

P -Practical

CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation

ESE -End Semester Exam

C -Credit

Page 6: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

6

MBA

II YEAR SEMESTER – IV

S.

No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C

CORE

1 MMG4001 Strategic Management 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

Subject

Elective

1 --- Elective -1 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

2 --- Elective -2 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

3 --- Elective -3 3 1 - 40 60 100 4

1 Open Elective

(Choose any One from the List of

Open Electives/ Value Added

Courses

3 - - 40 60 100 3

AECC

1 MMG4506 Business Research Project - - 2 80 20 100 3

SEC

2 MMG4507 Comprehensive Viva-II - - - - 100 100 2

Total 15 4 2 280 420 700 24

1 Value Added

Course

(May choose max. Two from the

List of Open Electives/Value

Added Courses excluding the

open elective already chosen.

3 - - 40 60 100 3

L - Lecture

T -Tutorial

P -Practical

CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation

ESE -End Semester Exam

C -Credit

Page 7: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

7

MBA

List of Subject Electives

S.

NO. SPECIALIZATION Code SUBJECTS SEM

1 MARKETING

MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-MK Sales and Distribution Management III

MMG3004-MK Integrated Marketing Communication III

MMG3005-MK Consumer Behaviour III

MMG4003-MK Retailing Management IV

MMG4004-MK International Marketing Management IV

MMG4005-MK Marketing of Services IV

2 HUMAN RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-HR Human Resource Planning and Performance

Management III

MMG3004-HR Industrial Relations and Labour Laws III

MMG3005-HR Training and Development III

MMG4003-HR Compensation Management IV

MMG4004-HR Negotiation and Counselling IV

MMG4005-HR Cross Cultural Management IV

3 FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT

MCM3004-FM Security Analysis and Portfolio Management III

MCM3005-FM Taxation and Tax Planning III

MCM3006-FM Management Accounting for Decision Making III

MCM4005-FM Financial Institutions and Services IV

MCM4006-FM Management of Working Capital IV

MCM4007-FM International Financial Management IV

4 OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-OM Logistics and Distribution Management III

MMG3004-OM Project Management III

MMG3005-OM Production Planning and Control III

MMG4003-OM Strategic Sourcing IV

MMG4004-OM Operations Strategy IV

MMG4005-OM Supply Chain Modeling IV

Page 8: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

8

MBA

List of Subject Electives

S.

NO. SPECIALIZATION Code SUBJECTS SEM

5

INTERNATIONAL

BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-IB International Trade III

MMG3004-IB Export Management and Documentation III

MMG3005-IB International Logistics III

MMG4003-IB International Marketing Management IV

MMG4004-IB International Financial Management IV

MMG4005-IB Cross Cultural Management IV

6

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

AND FAMILY BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

MMG3001-ET Business Analysis and Development Planning III

MMG3002-ET Creativity and Change in Organizations III

MMG3003-ET Management of Intellectual Property Rights III

MMG4001-ET Management of Funds for Small Business IV

MMG4002-ET Management of MSME IV

MMG4003-ET Managing Growing and Exiting the New

Venture IV

Page 9: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

9

MBA

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES/VALUE ADDED COURSES

S. No. Subject Code

Subjects SEMESTER For Open Elective For Value Added

1 MMG3001-OE MMG3001-VA Talent Acquisition and Management III

2 MMG3002-OE MMG3002-VA Conflict and Stress Management III

3 MMG3003-OE MMG3003-VA Brand Management III

4 MMG3004-OE MMG3004-VA Digital Marketing III

5 MMG3005-OE MMG3005-VA Financial Derivatives III

6 MMG3006-OE MMG3006-VA Behavioral Finance III

7 MMG3007-OE MMG3007-VA Tourism Management III

8 MMG3008-OE MMG3008-VA Business Intelligence & Analytics III

9 MMG3009-OE MMG3009-VA E-Commerce Technology III

10 MMG4001-OE MMG4001-VA Organizational Change and

Development IV

11 MMG4002-OE MMG4002-VA HR issues in Mergers and

Acquisitions IV

12 MMG4003-OE MMG4003-VA Rural Marketing IV

13 MMG4004-OE MMG4004-VA Mall Management IV

14 MMG4005-OE MMG4005-VA Insurance and Risk Management IV

15 MMG4006-OE MMG4006-VA Online Trading of Financial Assets IV

16 MMG4007-OE MMG4007-VA Management Of Healthcare Services IV

17 MMG4008-OE MMG4008-VA Real Estate Management IV

18 MMG4009-OE MMG4009-VA Software Project Management IV

Page 10: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

10

MBA

SYLLABUS

Page 11: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

11

I SEMESTER

Page 12: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

12

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS MEM1001

L T P C 3 0 0 3

(40Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1:To understand the relative importance of Managerial Economics and analyze the economic

environment in which business entities operate.

CO2:To develop the understanding of how managerial decisions can be vary under different

constraints that each economic environment places on a manager’s pursuit of its goals, focusing

on analyzing the functioning of markets and the economic behavior of firm.

CO3: To evaluate the features of different kinds of markets and also analyze the real aspects of

managerial decision making process also.

CO4:To understand various market structures along with their business issues and strategy

formulation process for each of them. Illustrate the real world business and aspects of business

cycle with a systematic theoretical framework.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify and list practical application of economics, understand the concept of economics and

managerial economics. Compare and contrast between different economics environment and

economical approaches. Compare and contrast the different market structures and price output

decisions based therein.

CLO2: Understand the concept of Demand and Demand Analysis, Estimation and assessment of

demand and elasticity in different conditions. Identify factors affecting demand and analyze their effect

on demand Apply the concepts of price, cross and income elasticity.

CLO3: Understand the cost concept and the difference between short-run and long-run cost function.

Establish the linkage between production function and cost function. • Compare and contrast four

basic market types. • Analyze the causes and consequences of different market conditions. Integrate

the concept of price and output decisions of firms under various market structures.

CLO4: Understand various facts of macroeconomic approaches and be equipped with the various tools

for analyzing pricing strategies

UNIT - I (8 Hours)

Introduction to Managerial economics:

Nature, scope and significance of Managerial Economics; role of the Managerial Economist;

relationship of Managerial Economics with other branches of knowledge.

Objectives of the firm; Principles of profit maximization.

Fundamental concept of Managerial Economics.

Page 13: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

13

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

Theory of consumer behaviour:

Demand function and demand; factors affecting demand; Law of Demand; Elasticity of Demand:

Concept and Measurement; Price, Income, Cross and Advertising Elasticity; Significance of Elasticity

of Demand.

Demand forecasting techniques.

Utility, Total, Marginal and Average Utility. Diminishing Marginal Utility and Equi-Marginal Utility;

Marginal rate of substitution; Indifference Maps, Meaning, properties and determination of

Consumer’s Equilibrium; Consumer’s Surplus.

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

Theory of the firm:

Concept of Production function; Laws of Variable Proportion; Average, Total and marginal product;

Returns to Scale; Cobb-Douglas and CES forms of production functions; Isoquant Maps; Marginal

Rate of Technical Substitution; firm equilibrium by output maximization; Marginal Revenue and

Elasticity of demand.

Cost functions; Total, Average and Marginal Costs; Economies of Scale; firm equilibrium and cost

minimization.

Different types of Market structures:

Concept; types of markets; Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly;

characteristics and price determination under each structure.

Cost-Volume-Profit analysis.

Product-life-cycle and pricing.

UNIT - IV (10 Hours)

Macroeconomics: nature and importance. National Income: meaning and measurement. Consumption

function and multipliers. Inflation - meaning, types, causes, effects and measures to control. Business

Cycles - meaning, characteristics of business cycles and stabilization policies; Balance of Payments -

concept and measures to correct deficit in the Balance of Payments.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Jhingan and Stephen, “Managerial Economics”, 2014, Vrinda Publication

T2. DN Dwivedi, “Managerial Economics”, 8th Edtition Vikas Publication

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Damodaran Suma – “Managerial Economics”, Oxford 2006

R2. Hirschey Mark – “Economics for Managers”, Thomson, India Edition, 2007

R3. Petersen Craig H. et.al. – “Managerial Economics”, Pearson Education, 2006

R4. Dominick Salvatore – “Managerial Economics”, Oxford, 2007

R5. Koutsyannis A – “Modern Microeconomics”, Macmillan, 2nd Edition

Page 14: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

14

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify and list practical application of economics, Understand the

concept of economics and managerial economics. Compare and

contrast between different economics environment and economical

approaches.

1, 2,4

Remember,

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Understand the concept of Demand and Demand Analysis, Estimation

and assessment of demand and elasticity in different conditions.

Identify factors affecting demand and analyze their effect on demand

Apply the concepts of price, cross and income elasticity.

2,3,4

Understand,

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO3 Understand the cost concept and the difference between short-run and

long-run cost function. • Establish the linkage between production

function and cost function.

Compare and contrast between four basic market types. Analyse the

causes and consequences of different market conditions. Integrate the

concept of price and output decisions of firms under various market

structure.

2, 4,5

Understand,

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Understand various facts of macroeconomic approaches also, be

equipped with the various tools for analyzing pricing strategies.

2,4

Understand,

Analyze

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H

CLO2 H H M H M

CLO3 H H M H M

CLO4 H H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 15: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

15

Accounting and financial analysis

MCM1005

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objective:

CO1:To remember and understand the conceptual knowledge of Accounting.

CO2:To execute with the basic knowledge of Accounting, the underlying principles and to demonstrate

the skills in preparing financial statements.

CO3: To categories, compare and interpret the financial statements.

CO4:To assess and examine the utility of various techniques of financial analysis and use its

information as a vital input for management information and decision-making process.

Course Learning Outcome (CLO): On completion of the course the student will be able to:

CLO1: Define and discuss the concepts of Accounting.

CLO2: Explain and illustrate the basics of accounting and final accounts.

CLO3: Calculate and compare the final accounts using the various tools and techniques for decision

making in the corporate world.

CLO4: Understand, demonstrate, assess and examine the financial statements for decision making and

forecasting

UNIT - I (8 Hours)

Conceptual Framework of Accounting:

Meaning of Accounting and Functions & Limitation

Accounting Concepts and Conventions

Accounting Equation

Accounting Information and Its Users

Indian Accounting Standards

International Accounting Standards

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Understanding Basics of Accounting and Preparation of Final Accounts:

Double Entry System of Accounting

Journalizing of Transactions

Ledger

Preparation of Subsidiary Books of Accounts

Policies Related with Depreciation (SLM and DBM)

Inventory Valuation

Preparation of Trial Balance and Adjustments

Construction And Analysis of Profit & Loss Account

Construction and Analysis of Balance Sheet

Page 16: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

16

UNIT - III (11Hours)

Understanding and Analysis of Financial Statements

Meaning, Definition, Importance, Types, Uses of Financial Statement, Limitation of Financial

Statement.

Comparative Balance Sheet

Common Size Statements Analysis

Trend Analysis of Manufacturing, Service and Banking Organizations

Ratio Analysis- Solvency Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Activity Ratios. Liquidity Ratios, Sickness

Prediction

UNIT - IV (9 Hours)

Funds Flow and Cash Flow Analysis

Meaning and importance of funds flow statement, sources and uses of funds, preparation of schedule

of changes in working capital, Profit and loss adjustment account and funds flow statement.

Meaning and importance of cash flow, difference between cash flow statement and funds flow

statement, sources and uses of cash, preparation of cash flow statement as per the Indian accounting

standard.

TEXT BOOKS:

Maheshwari S.N & Maheshwari S K – “An Introduction to Accountancy”, Vikas, 11th Edition.

M.E. Thukaram Rao, “Management Accounting” New Age International (P) ltd. Publishers, Reprint

2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Jawahar Lal, “Advanced Management Accounting- Text, Problems and Cases”, S. Chand & Company

Ltd. New Delhi, Revised Edition 2009.

Narayanswami – “Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective”, PHI, 2nd Edition.

Mukherjee – “Financial Accounting for Management”, TMH, 1st Edition.

Ramchandran&Kakani – “Financial Accounting for Management”, TMH, 2nd Edition.

Ghosh T P – “Accounting and Finance for Managers”, Taxman, 1st Edition.

Ashish K. Bhattacharya- “Essentials of Financial Accounting”, PHI, New Delhi

Ghosh T.P- “Financial Accounting for Managers”, Taxman, 3rd Edition

Page 17: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

17

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of the course the student will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Define and discuss the concepts of Accounting. 1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Explain and illustrate the basics of accounting and final accounts. 2 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Calculate and compare the final accounts using the various tools

and techniques for decision making in the corporate world.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Understand, demonstrate, assess and examine the financial

statements for decision making and forecasting.

2, 3, 5

Understand,

Apply,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H

L H M

CLO2 H

H M L H M

CLO3 H

L H M

L H M

CLO4 H

L H M L H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 18: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

18

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

MMG1012 L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1:To help the students to develop cognizance of the importance of human behaviour.

CO2:To enable students to describe how people behave under different conditions and

understand why people behave as they do.

CO3:To provide the students to analyse specific strategic human resources demands for future action.

CO4:To enable students to synthesize related information and evaluate options for the most logical and

optimal solution such that they would be able to predict and control human behavior and improve

results.

.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the student will be able to:

CLO1: Analyze individual and group behaviour, and understand the implications of organizational

behaviour on the process of management.

CLO2: Identify different motivational theories and evaluate motivational strategies used in a variety of

organizational settings.

CLO3: Evaluate the appropriateness of various leadership styles and conflict management strategies

used in organizations.

CLO4: Describe and assess the basic design elements of organizational structure and evaluate their

impact on employees.

CLO5: Explain how organizational change and culture affect working relationships within

organizations.

UNIT - I (10 Hours)

Organizational Behavior-and Foundations of Individual behavior

Importance and Scope and Features of Organizational Behavior.

Personality-Meaning, Features, Factors affecting Personality, Personality Traits.

Learning-Meaning, Features, Factors affecting Personality, Reinforcement.

Motivation-Meaning, Nature, Importance, Effective Motivation.

Perception- Meaning, Features, Importance, Factors affecting Perception Process.

UNIT - II (08 Hours)

Role and Challenges

Stress –Meaning, Sources of stress, Consequences of stress, Stress and performance, Functional and

Dysfunctional Strategies of Coping with Stress.

Leadership- Meaning, Nature, Importance of Leadership, Leadership Styles.

Job satisfaction- Concept and factors affecting job satisfaction.

Page 19: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

19

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

Building and Managing Teams

Group Vs. Team- formal & Informal Group, Features of a group, Types of Group, Stages in Group

Development, Group Cohesiveness Building Effective Teams.

Conflict Management- Sources of Conflict, Functional and Dysfunctional Conflict, Avoidance and

Approach Styles of Handling Conflict. Negotiating for Conflict Management.

Quality of work life- Meaning, Nature and scope of QWL, Importance of QWL, Problems in improving

QWL.

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

Constructing Sustainable Organizations

Power - Definition, Types of Power, Coercive Power Vs. Persuasive Power

Role of Politics in Organizations

Organizational Culture- Definition, Dimensions

Organizational Change-Need, Process, Implementation

Organizational Development- Meaning and Process, OD - intervention techniques and change agent.

TEXT BOOK:

T1:Udai Pareek – Understanding Organizational Behavior (3rd Edition Oxford University press)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Newstrom John W. – “Organizational Behaviour: Human Behaviour at Work”, Tata McGraw

Hill, 12thedition

R2: Luthans Fred – “Organizational Behaviour”, Tata McGraw Hill,10th Edition

R3: Mc Shane L. Steven, Glinow Mary Ann Von & Sharma Radha R. – “Organizational Behaviour”,

Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition

R4: Robbins Stephen P. – “Organizational Behavior”, Pearson Education, 13th edition

Prasad .L.M. – “Organizational Behavior”, S. Chand & SonsPublication ,4th Edition, 2006

Page 20: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

20

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Analyze individual and group behaviour, and understand the

implications of organizational behaviour on the process of

management.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Identify different motivational theories and evaluate motivational

strategies used in a variety of organizational settings.

1, 5

Remember,

Evaluate

CLO3 Evaluate the appropriateness of various leadership styles and conflict

management strategies used in organizations.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4 Describe and assess the basic design elements of organizational

structure and evaluate their impact on employees.

2, 3, 4

Understand,

Apply,

Analyze

CLO5 Explain how organizational change and culture affect working

relationships within organizations.

3,5

Apply

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M L L H L L H M H

CLO2 H M L H L L H M M

CLO3 M M L L L H L L H L M

CLO4 H L M L L L L H L M

CLO5 H H L L L H M L H L M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 21: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

21

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

MMG 1013

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand and appreciate the concept of marketing in theory and practice.

CO2: To evaluate the Marketing Environment and develop a feasible marketing plan.

CO3: To understand the tools used by marketing managers in decision situations

CO4: To understand the strategy behind any marketing decision made by organization.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand strong conceptual knowledge in the functional area of marketing management.

CLO2: Evaluate the Marketing Environment and develop a feasible marketing plan

CLO3:Analyze skills in identification and resolution of problems pertaining to marketing management.

CLO4: Understanding the strategy behind any marketing decision made by organization

UNIT - I (09 Hours)

Introduction to Marketing: Definition & Functions of Marketing, Core concepts of marketing: Need,

Want, Desire, Benefits, Demand, Value, Exchange, Product, Market Customer Satisfaction, Customer

Delight.

Approaches to Marketing: Product, Production, Sales, Marketing, Societal Relational. Concept of

Marketing Myopia. Selling versus marketing, Integrated Marketing Plan & Customer Value Applying

Marketing in different market.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Analyzing the Marketing Environment: Macro & Micro. Responding to the Marketing Environment.

Marketing Research: Implementing research plan, Analyzing and using Marketing Information. Market

segmentation: Niche & Local Marketing, Multilevel Marketing.

Effective segmentation criteria

Consumer Market and Consumer Buyer Behavior: Consumer Buying Decision process.

Target Market: Concept, Evaluating & Selecting Target Markets

Positioning: Concept, Value Proposition & USP.

UNIT - III (09Hours)

Market Planning and Analysis: Corporate mission and objectives, SWOT Analysis, Market

opportunity analysis, Planning corporate and SBU strategies, Resource allocation to strategic business

units, BCG approach, GE approach, Generic strategies, Growth strategies, Developing a marketing

plan

UNIT - IV (10 Hours)

Page 22: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

22

Dealing with Competition : Competitive Forces, Competition Analysis , Porter’s Generic Strategies,

Assessing & Identifying competitors , Selecting competitors to attack & avoid Competitive Strategies

, Market leader, challenger, follower strategies

Branding Strategies, Brand Associations, Brand Equity

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Kotler, Keller, Koshy and Jha- “Marketing Management”- -15th Edition Pearson 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1:Kotler Philip–“Marketing Management, Analysis, Planning, Implementations and Control”,

Pearson Education 12th Edition.

R2:Stanton William J – “Fundamentals of Marketing”, McGraw Hill

R3:Kotler, Philip and Armstrong Graw – “Principles of Marketing”, Pearson Education, 11th Edition.

R4:Kotler Philip, Keller Kevin Lane, Koshy Abraham and Jha Mithileshwar – “Marketing

Management”: A South Asian Perspective, Pearson Education 12th Edition.

R5:Ramaswamy V.S. and Nama kumari S – “Marketing Management: Planning, Implementation and

Control”, Macmillian, 3rd Edition.

R6:Etzel M.J., Walker B.J. and Stanton William J – “Marketing concept & Cases special Indian

Edition” ,Tata McGraw Hill, 13th Edition.

R7:Mc.Carthy and “Perreault -Basic Marketing: A Global Marketing Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill,

15th Edition.

R8:Kurtz and Boone – “Principles of Marketing”, Thomson India edition, 2007

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to :

Page 23: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

23

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand strong conceptual knowledge in the functional area of

marketing management.

2

Understand

CLO2 Evaluate the Marketing Environment and develop a feasible marketing

plan

5

Evaluate

CLO3 Analyze skills in identification and resolution of problems pertaining

to marketing management.

4

Analyze

CLO4 Understanding the strategy behind any marketing decision made by

organization.

2

Understand

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M

CLO2 H M

CLO3 H L

CLO4 L H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 24: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

24

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT

MMG1014 L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To familiarize students with computer and it’s applications in the relevant fields of business and

administration.

CO2: To impart the IT skills and knowledge necessary for managers.

CO3: To focus on the manner in which computers improve data organization and connectivity leading

to greater efficiency and effectiveness.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1:Define and demonstrate about basic components of a computer and their significance.

CLO2:Explain and apply hands on learning of applications of MS Office and Internet in businesses.

CLO3:Examine and provide an orientation about the increasing role of e-commerce in managerial

decision making to gain Competitive edge in all aspects of Business.

CLO4:Outline the functioning of software in functional areas of an organization.

CL5:Create awareness in upcoming managers, of different types of information systems in an

organization so as to enable the use of computer resources efficiently, for effective decision making.

Unit I Introduction to Computers: (9 hours)

Introduction to types of Computer systems, Basic Computer operations, connecting devices,

Networking hardware, types of network, Internet, Intranet and Extranet Applications, Practical data

processing application in business, and Computer applications in various areas of business.

Unit-II Software Concepts: (9 hours)

Types of software (System, application, utility), software trends and issues (mobile applications,

integration of in-house and outsourced services strategy, cloud based enterprise solutions), Data Base,

Data Base Management Systems.

Unit III IT Skills: (12 hours)

Microsoft Office- Introduction and working with MS Word, Features - insert headers and footers, insert

table and table options, Mail Merge. etc

MS Power point- Basic introduction, features, Creating & Formatting, Content Collaborating - T rack,

Edit, Add, Delete Comments, Merge Managing & Delivering Presentations, design a template, entering

data to graph, organization chart, slide transitions, creating slide shows.

MS Excel – Basic functions, Creating, Analyzing & Formatting Data & Content Collaborating – Insert,

View, Edit etc. Managing Workbooks, advance functions, sensitivity analysis, Pivot

tables etc.

Page 25: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

25

Unit-IV Internet, Security and E-Commerce: (10 hours)

Advantage and Disadvantage of IT Outsourcing, Internet, Security and E-Commerce: Introduction,

Core features of the Internet, Internet Applications, Internet and World Wide Web, E-mail, Web

browsers, Web browsing, Mobile Computing, Electronic Commerce, Types of E- Commerce and their

utilities

TEXT BOOKS:

T1:“Information technology for Management” by Ramesh Behl, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2nd

edition

T2:“Computer Fundamentals” by Pradeep K Sinha, Priti Sinha, BPB Publication, 6thedition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1:“Computer Application in Management” by A. K. Saini, Pradeep Kumar, Anmol Publications Pvt.

Ltd.

R2:“Interpreting Information Systems in Organizations” by Geoff Walsham,The Global Text Project ,

2011

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define and demonstrate about basic components of a computer and

their significance.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Explain and apply hands on learning of applications of MS Office

and Internet in businesses.

2,3

Understand

Apply

CLO3 Examine and provide an orientation about the increasing role of e-

commerce in managerial decision making to gain Competitive edge

in all aspects of Business

4

Analyze

CLO4 Outline the functioning of software in functional areas of an

organization.

2

Understand

CLO5 Create awareness in upcoming managers, of different types of

information systems in an organization so as to enable the use of

computer resources efficiently, for effective decision making.

6

Create

Page 26: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

26

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M M H

CLO2 M M H

CLO3 M M H

CLO4 M M H

CLO5 M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 27: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

27

PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES OF MANAGEMENT

MMG1001 L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the concepts related to Business.

CO2: To Demonstrate and apply the roles, skills and functions of management.

CO3: To analyze effective application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational

problems and develop optimal managerial decisions.

CO4: To Understand the complexities associated with management of human resources in the

organizations and integrate the learning in handling these complexities.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course the student will be able to:

CLO 1:Describe the influence of historical forces on the current practice of management. To explain

how organizations adapt to an uncertain environment and identify techniques managers use to influence

and control the internal environment Students will be able to understand principles and functions of

management.

CLO2:Describe the process of management's four functions: planning, organizing, leading, and

controlling. Evaluate leadership styles to anticipate the consequences of each leadership style.

CLO3:Develop cognizance of the importance of management principles. To analyze effective

application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational problems and develop optimal

managerial decisions.

CLO4:Identify and evaluate social responsibility and ethical issues involved in business situations and

logically articulate own position on such issues. To understand tools and techniques to be used in the

performance of the managerial job.

UNIT - I (11 Hours)

Management an Introduction: Importance, definition and functions. Management as Profession,

Management Art or Science, Management vs. Administration, Roles of a Manager and required skills.

Development of Management thought:

Early Classical Approaches-scientific management, administrative management and bureaucracy

Neo-classical Approaches-human relations movement and behavioural approach

Modern Approaches-quantitative approach, systems approach and contingency approach.

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

Planning: nature, importance and forms of planning, Types of plans, process of planning, limitations

of planning.

Decision Making: meaning, types of decisions, process and difficulties in decision making.

Organization: meaning, process, span of management, principles of organizing, Departmentalization,

Organization structures, Authority and Responsibility. Authority vs. Power. Authority and Delegation.

Centralization vs. decentralization. Line, Staff and Functional organization.

Page 28: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

28

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

Staffing: meaning and importance, manpower planning, Job analysis.

Training and Development: Difference between training, education and development, types and

methods of training, evaluation of training and development.

Direction and supervision: Comparison and importance.

UNIT - IV (09 Hours)

Coordination: Need for coordination, Process of coordination, Importance of

Coordination.

Control: need for control, process of control, types of control-pre control, concurrent control and post

control, benefits of control.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Robbins & Coulter – “Management” Prentice Hall of India, 10th Edition,2010

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1:Stoner, Freeman & Gilbert “Management” Prentice Hall of India, 6th Edition

R2:Koontz Harold &Weihrich Heinz – “Essentials of management” Tata Mc Graw Hill, 5th Edition

2008

R3:Tripathi & Reddy “Principles of Management” 5th Edition, McGraw Hill,2012

R4:Robbins S.P. and Decenzo David A. – “Fundamentals of Management: Essential Concepts and

Applications” Pearson Education, 6th Edition

R5:Weihrich Heinz and Koontz Harold – “Management: A Global and Entrepreneurial Perspective”

McGraw Hill, 12 th Edition 2008

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course student will be able to:

Page 29: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

29

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the influence of historical forces on the current practice of

management. To explain how organizations adapt to an uncertain

environment and identify techniques managers use to influence and

control the internal environment.

1, 2

Remember

Understand

CLO2 Describe the process of management's four functions: planning,

organizing, leading, and controlling. To Evaluate leadership styles to

anticipate the consequences of each leadership style.

2,5

Understand,

evaluate

CLO3 Develop cognizance of the importance of management principles. To

analyze effective application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve

organizational problems and develop optimal managerial decisions.

4, 5, 6

Analyze,

Evaluate,

Create

CLO4 Identify and evaluate social responsibility and ethical issues involved in

business situations and logically articulate own position on such issues.

To understand tools and techniques to be used in the performance of the

managerial job.

2,5

Understand,

Evaluate

MAPPING OF CLO s with PLOs and PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H H H M L M M

CLO2 H H M M H H H L M

CLO3 H H H M H M

L M M

CLO4 H M M H H H L M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 30: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

30

BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY

MMG1015 L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the interdependence between Business, government and society and the

environment in which they operate.

CO2: To know the interrelationship between poverty, inequality and economic growth and various

factors influencing it.

CO3: To find the intricacies of public private partnership and regulatory issues in it .

CO4: To understand various aspects of Globalization and how business amalgamate technology for

achieving desired output

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to::

CLO1:Understand and Explain the role of government in economic environment and various other

factors effect it.

CLO2:Interpret the interrelationship between poverty, inequality and economic growth and

demography and other factors have effect our workplace.

CLO3:Understand and analyse the rationale behind public private relationships and experience of

various sectors post privatisation.

CLO4:Explain and evaluate the dynamics of globalization and assess how businesses are achieving

success by social responsibilities

Unit I (10 Hours)

Roles of Business, Government, and Society: Interdependence and Conflict, Regulation of Business,

Functions of State; Economic roles of government; Government and legal environment; Economic

roles of Government in India; Indian experience with overall and sectoral growth, Inter-sectoral

linkages and role of foreign direct investment ,The Constitutional environment , Macroeconomic

crises: explaining the experiences around the world.

Unit II (8 Hours)

Poverty, Inequality and Economic Growth: Industrial Development, Rural- Urban Dynamics,

Population and Development, Finance for Development, Trade and Development, State and the

Market, Privatization and Regulation, Institutions and Growth.

Changing Workplace: Influence of demography, influence of technology, gender issues, social justice

and affirmative action, Industrial Relations.

Unit III (12 Hours)

Public Private Partnerships:

The Rationale for Public Private Partnerships, Different Kinds of Public Private Partnerships with a

special emphasis on the Build Operate and Transfer Model (BOT), Issues in Regulation that come

about with privatization, Pricing mechanisms available to a regulator to ensure universal access and

Page 31: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

31

efficiency, Discussion of the privatization experience in different sectors, water, electricity,

telecommunication, and railways with a special emphasis on India.

Unit IV (10 Hours)

Multinational Corporations: Perspectives on Globalization, Globalization: The MNC and TNC

Organizations, Globalization of Brands, Globalization of the

Indian Business and Firms, Coping with Global Competition, Conflict with

Nation States.

Business in a Global Environment: Business as Blending of People Technology and Ethical Behavior,

Achieving Business Success through Social Responsibilities.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1:Business, Government and Society: A Managerial Perspective by John Steiner, George Steiner,

Tata McGraw Hill

T2:Business, Government, and Society by Douglas E. Greer, Prentice Hall , 3rd Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1:Business and Its Environment by David P., International Edition, 7th Edition

COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO DESCRIPTION BLOOM’S

TAXONOMY

LEVEL

CLO1 Understand and Explain the role of government in economic

environment and various other factors effect it.

2

Understand

CLO2 Interpret the interrelationship between poverty, inequality and

economic growth and demography and other factors have effect our

workplace.

2,4

Understand,

analyse

CLO3 Understand and analyse the rationale behind public private

relationships and experience of various sectors post privatisation.

2,4

Understand,

analyse

CLO4 Explain and evaluate the dynamics of globalization and assess how

businesses are achieving success by social responsibilities

2,5

Understand

Evaluate

Page 32: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

32

Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H H

CLO2 H H

CLO3 H M H

CLO4 H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 33: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

33

MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION

MMG1025 L T P C

3 1 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the concept of Managerial Communication, its types and the impact of technology

on communication.

CO2: To know the differences between oral and written communication and non-verbal aspects of

communication.

CO3: To enable students to apply the concepts learnt for effective communication.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able:

CLO1: Describe the concept of Managerial Communication, purpose, process, types and the impact of

technology on communication:

CLO2: Differentiate between oral and written communication; understand the problems created by

barriers to communication and ways of overcoming them.

CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt for effective communication using talk tactics, body language and

the listening skills.

CLO4: Analyze personal communication style to develop impactful presentation skills.

CLO5: Formulate strategy for performing in Group Discussions and interview.

CLO6: Evaluate and develop impactful reports and other forms of business correspondence- circulars,

notices, memos, agendas, minutes and resume etc.

UNIT - I

COMMUNICATION AND BARRIERS (8Hours)

Communication an Introduction: Definition, Importance, Purpose; Development of Communication,

Communication Process, Types of Communication, Involuntary, Voluntary; Basic forms of

Communication: Verbal—Oral and Written, Non-verbal communication—Object Language,

Pictures/symbols/signs; Communication Structure in the organization: Vertical, Lateral and Diagonal.

Impact of Technological Advancement on Business Communication: Communication Networks,

Intranet, Internet, E-mails, SMS, Teleconferencing, Video Conferencing.

Oral Communication: Features: IMPRESS (idea, message, pause/paragraphs, receiver, empathy,

sender and security check); Oral vs. Written Communication; Noise (Physical and psychological);

Barriers to communication: Sender oriented barriers, receiver oriented barriers; Overcoming the

Barriers; 7C’s and 4’s of Communication.

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

TALK TACTICS AND BODY LANGUAGE

Talk Tactics: Dominating, Remaining uninvolved, Frequently interrupting, Raising too many queries,

Dodging and Diminishing, Giving advice/ Interpreting and Judging/ Criticizing and Praising,

Page 34: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

34

Extending Sympathy, Relating Self-image, Bolstering Anecdotes/ Name Dropping, sending cryptic

messages, and Telephonic messages

Listening: Listening process, Listening vs. Hearing, Types of Listening—passive, marginal, projective,

sensitive and active; Deterrents to good listening; Factors to promote Listening. Benefits of good

Listening, and Feedback

Body Language and Paralanguage: Body sport, positive gestures, Handshakes, Gazes, Smiles, Hand

Movements, and Different styles of Walking, Space; Paralanguage

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

PRESENTATION AND INTERVIEW SKILLS

Presentations: Meaning, Presentation vs. Lecture, Format, Essentials of Presentation, Audience

Analysis, Presentation Design; Delivery—positive attitude, instilling enthusiasm, self-belief,

empathize with audience; Exercising control; Stylistic devices; 6 Main Helpers; 7 Golden Principles.

Group Discussions: Qualities to be highlighted in a GD—Leadership, Knowledge of subject matter,

Analytical ability, Group behavior, Listening Skills, Conviction and Flexibility. Strategies for success

in GD. Body Sport for making an impact in GD

Interview: Pre-planning, Facing the Interview Board, Body Sport for Interview, Negotiation.

Written Communication: Importance of skills in Written Communication, Stages of writing--Pre-

drafting, Drafting, Post-drafting; Challenge of composing an appropriate business message

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

REPORT WRITING AND BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE

Report Writing: Importance of Report, 5W’s and 1H.

Report planning: Types of reports, Developing an Outline, Nature of Heading, Point Formulation,

Divisions, Sections of the Report, Visual aids

Circulars, Notices, Memos, Agenda and Minutes

Letter Writing: Business letters, Format, Styles of letter arrangement, Types of letters, Telegrams,

Telex Messages, Facsimiles, Electronic mail, Handling Mail

Job Application: Curriculum Vitae

Media management: the press release, press conference, media interviews

Seminars, workshop, conferences

TEXT BOOKS:

T1.Kaul, A. “Business Communication”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,(2nd Edition)

T2.Kaul, A. “Effective Business Communication”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Sehgal, M.K. and Khetrapal, V. “Business Communication”, Excel Books.

R2: Pal, R. “Business Communication”, Sultanchand & Sons Publication.

R3: Chaturvedi, P.D. “Busines Communication”, Pearson Education,

R4: Lesikar R.V. and Pettit, J.D. “Basic Business Communication: Theory & Application,” Tata

McGraw Hill, 10th Edition.

R5: Shinley, T. “Communication for Business”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition.

R6: Sharma, R.C. and Krishna, M. “Business: Correspondence and Report Writing”, Tata McGraw

Hill, 3rd Edition.

Page 35: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

35

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the concept of Managerial Communication, purpose,

process, types and the impact of technology on communication.

2

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between oral and written communication; understand

the problems created by barriers to communication and ways of

overcoming them.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt for effective communication using talk

tactics, body language and the listening skills

2

Apply

CLO4 Analyze personal communication style to develop impactful

presentation skills

4

Analyze

CLO5 Formulate strategy for performing in Group Discussions and

interview

6

Create

CLO6 Evaluate and develop impactful reports and other forms of business

correspondence- circulars, notices, memos, agendas, minutes and

resume etc.

5,6

Create

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H

CLO2 H H M M

CLO3 H M

CLO4 H M

CLO5 H H M M

CLO6 H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 36: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

36

QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES

MMG1016 L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand how to deal with computations involving a single statistic and its business

applications.

CO2: To know how to apply analytical tools in bivariate analysis for model building and forecasting.

CO3: To find how to apply rules of probability in business situations and to analyse probability

distribution of various situations.

CO4: To solve matrix and use differential calculus in the business world.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Apply various measures of Central tendency and dispersion for univariate analysis.

CLO2: Analyze the relationship between in a bivariate relation by Correlation and construct simple

models based on regression and time series.

CLO3: Determine the mechanism of Probability and make use of probability distribution to solve

business situations.

CLO4: Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the use of differential

calculus.

UNIT I (10 Hours)

Introduction to statistics: Types of Statistical Methods, importance, scope, data classification,

tabulation and representation.

Measure of central tendency: Arithmetic Mean, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Weighted Mean,

Median and Mode.

Measure of Dispersion: Range, Standard deviation, Coefficient of Variation

Skewness, and Kurtosis: measures and applications.

UNIT II: (10 Hours)

Correlation and regression: Introduction, Correlation Analysis: Simple Correlation, Rank Correlation.

Linear Regression, Estimation using regression lines.

Analysis of Time series: Meaning, Utility, Components, Models, Methods of Measuring Trend,

measurement of season effects

Index Numbers: Meaning, Types, Uses, Problems in construction of Index Numbers, Methods of

Construction of Index Numbers, Quantity and Value Index, Ideal Index Number, Chain Base Index

Numbers, splicing of Index Numbers

Page 37: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

37

UNIT III (10 Hours)

Probability: Probability theory, Basic concept, Addition and multiplication theorems. Conditional

probability and Baye’s theorem

Probability Distribution: Binomial Distribution, Poisson Distribution and Normal Distribution, their

Characteristics and Applications in Business Management

UNIT IV (10 Hours)

Matrix: Types, Addition, Subtraction and Multiplication, Transpose, Adjoint and Inverse of a matrix,

Solution of a system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule and inverse of a matrix

Differential Calculus: First order and Second Order, Application of Differentiation in maximization

and minimization problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1: Sharma, J. K., Business Statistics. Pearson Education (P) Ltd (2010).

T2:Sanchet, D.C; Kapoor, V.K; Mehta P.C. Quantitative Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Bajpai, N. Business Statistics. Pearson Education (P) Ltd (2001).

R2: Levin, R. I. Statistics for Management. Pearson Education (P) Ltd (1997).

R3: Beri,G.C. Business Statistics. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd (2010).

R4: Gupta, S.C. Fundamentals of Statistics. Himalaya Publishing House (2006).

R5: Elhance, D.N. Fundamentals of Statistics. Kitab Mahal Distributors New Delhi (2008).

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO DESCRIPTION BLOOM’S

TAXONOMY

LEVEL

CLO1 Apply various measures of Central tendencyand dispersion for

univariate analysis.

3

Apply

CLO2 Analyze the relationship between in a bivariate relation by Correlation

and construct simple models based on regression and time series.

4

Analyze

CLO3 Determine the mechanism of Probability and make use of probability

distribution to solve business situations

5

Evaluate

CLO4 Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the

use of differential calculus.

6

Create

Page 38: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

38

Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs

COURSE

LEARN-

ING

OUT-

COMES

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H H

CLO2 H H H H

CLO3 H H H

CLO4 H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 39: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

39

SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT – I

MMG1501 L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

CO1: To train the student for using the spreadsheet package MS-Excel for business applications.

CO2: To impart skills of analyzing data and presenting it using MS-Excel.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of the course student will be able to :

CLO1: Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of an excel spreadsheet.

CLO2: Apply the software for the presentation purpose.

CLO3: Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving the business issues with the help

of analytical tools.

CLO4: Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific office use.

MS Word: Creating a document, saving document, deleting text, page set up and layout, printing

document, Spelling check, auto-correct, to find something in document, replace option, keyboard short

cuts, Creating bulleted and numbered lists, working with fonts, changing styles of fonts, Inserting

pictures, Formatting paragraphs, Working with header and footer, tables, creating table of content.

Power Point: Basics, add and edit text in slides, add new slides to presentation, insert tables and charts,

add sound to presentation, insert animations and slide transitions, delivering presentations.

MS- Excel: Starting Excel, working with workbooks, understanding ribbons, entering data, edit data,

copy, paste, special paste, working with rows and columns, sorting of data, applying filters, excel

formulas, charts, printing worksheets. Uploading and downloading document

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1

Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of an

excel spreadsheet.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Apply the software for the presentation purpose. 3

Apply

CLO3 Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving the

business issues with the help of analytical tools.

3, 6

Apply,

Create

CLO4 Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific office

use.

4, 6

Analyze,

Create

Page 40: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

40

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1

H

M

M

L

M

CLO2

H

M

M

M

H

M

CLO3

H

H

H

H

L

H

M

CLO4

M

H

M

M

M

M

L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 41: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

41

II SEMESTER

Page 42: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

42

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

MMG2001

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objective:

CO1: To understand the concept and importance of research.

CO2: To understand the research process, sampling and data collection methods.

CO3: To understand the hypotheses formulation and testing procedure.

CO4: To develop writing skill to write research report.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Understanding the concept and importance of research, and the research process.

CLO2: Apply research designs, sampling and data collection methods in research work.

CLO3: Hypotheses formulation and testing procedure.

CLO4: Techniques of writing a research report.

UNIT – I Introduction to Research Methodology (10 Hours)

• Research-meaning and characteristics, objectives, limitations, Research Methods versus

methodology, qualities of a good research.

• Types of Research and Research Process

• Methods of Data Collection – Primary and Secondary

• Processing of Data- editing, coding and classification of data.

• Measurement and Scaling Techniques- methods of scaling, criteria of a good scale.

UNIT – II Research Design, Sampling Design (10 Hours)

• Research Design- need, essentials of research design, classification of research design –

Exploratory, Descriptive, and Experimental Research Designs.

• Sampling and Sampling Design – Population and Sample, Characteristics of a good

sample, Sampling Design Process, Probability and non-Probability Sampling Techniques,

Sample Size Determination.

Page 43: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

43

UNIT- III Hypothesis and Test of Hypotheses (12 Hours)

• Hypothesis- Concept, Formulating of Hypotheses Null and Alternate hypothesis, Type I

and Type II errors, Two-tailed and One-tailed tests.

• Tests of Hypothesis - Z-test, t-test, F-test, Chi-Square test – Test of Independence of

Attributes, Test of goodness of Fit, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), One- way ANOVA.

UNIT - IV Report Writing (8 Hours)

• Significance of report writing, Steps in writing report, Layout of reports, Mechanics of

writing a research report.

• Characteristics of good research report.

• Technique of writing Bibliography, Importance of Annexure, Citation.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. C.R. Kothari, Gaurav Garg –“Rearch Methodology” New Age International Publishers,

2014.

T2. Naresh Malhotra, Marketing research: an applied orientation, Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: a step by step guide for beginners, Sage

R2. Prasant Sarangi, Rearch Methodology, Taxman.

R3. G. Nageswara Rao, Research Methodology and Quantitative Methods, BS Publications

R4. Sharma J K – “Business Statistics” , Pearson Education.

R5. Levin Rubin- “Statistics for Management”, Pearson 2000, New Delhi.

Page 44: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

44

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Understanding the concept and importance of research, and

the research process.

2

Understand

CLO2 Apply research designs, sampling and data collection methods

in research work.

3

Apply

CLO3 Hypotheses formulation and testing procedure. 6,

Create

CLO4 Techniques of writing a research report. 1,2, 3

Remember,

Understand,

Apply

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M M L H

CLO2 H L H H M M H

CLO3 M H H H M M

CLO4 H M H H M L H M H

H: High, M: Medium, L: Low

Page 45: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

45

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

MMG2002 L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To provide students with an understanding of the competitive advantage Human Resource-

can give an organization.

CO2: To impart knowledge of the skills required to be an effective HR manager.

CO3: To understand importance of training and development for keeping an organization

progressive.

CO4: To provide an insight into the art of motivation, compensation management and grievance

handling.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of Human Resource Management.

CLO:2 Understand the concept of HRP, Recruitment and Selection.

CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various Training techniques and analyze the ways to improve

self motivation.

CLO4: Create a stress free environment for enhancing productivity.

UNIT - I (08 Hours)

• Human Resources Management (HRM) : Meaning, Nature and Scope

• Difference between HRM and Personnel Management, HRM functions and objectives

• Evolution of concept of HRM.

• Human Resources Development in India

• Role of HR managers

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

• Human Resources planning: Definition, purposes, processes and limiting factors

• Job Analysis – Job Description, Job Specification.

• The systematic approach to recruitment: recruitment policy, recruitment procedures,

recruitment methods and evaluation.

• The systematic approach to selection: the selection procedure, the design of application

form, Placement, Induction/ Orientation, Internal Mobility and separations

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

• Training vs. Development, Training vs. Education- purpose, Advantages of Training.

• Motivation- process ,types and advantages.

• Performance Appraisal: Definition, Purpose of appraisal, 360 degree Performance

Appraisal.

• Compensation Administration: components of pay structure in India,

Page 46: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

46

• Incentive Payments : Meaning and Definition, Types and Scope of incentive scheme

• Fringe Benefits

UNIT- IV (10 Hours)

Grievances and discipline: Model Grievance Handling Procedure

Discipline: definition, indiscipline-meaning, disciplinary action and punishment.

Promotion, Transfer and Separation: Promotion – purpose, principles and types; Transfer

– reason, principles types; Separation – lay-off, resignation, retrenchment, Voluntary

Retirement Scheme.

Job Stress, Counseling and Mentoring

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Rao VSP- Human Resource Management- Text and Cases, Excel Books 3rd Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Aswathappa K – “Human Resource and Personnel Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 5th

Ed.

R2. Ivansevich – “Human Resource Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 10th Ed.

R3. Dessler – “Human Resource Management”, Prentice Hall, 10th Ed.

R4. Bernardi – “Human Resource Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Ed.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description

Bloom’

s

Taxon

omy

Level

CLO1 Define and describe the concepts of Human Resource

Management

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand the concept of HRP, Recruitment and Selection. 2

Understand

CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various Training techniques and

analyze the ways to improve self-motivation.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Create a stress -free environment for enhancing productivity. 6

Create

Page 47: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

47

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes(PLOs) Program Specific Outcomes

(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

P

LO

7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1

M

L

M

CLO2

H

M

H

CLO3

H

H

L

L

H

L

CLO4

H

H

L

L

H

L

H: High, M: Medium, L: Low

Page 48: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

48

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

MMG2003 L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1:To provide an in-depth understanding of the various elements/facts of business

environment and to equip with tools and perspective to analyze the effects of various elements

of business environment on internal organization of business.

CO2:To instill awareness in the students of the various external and internal factors that impact

business- Social, Legal, Political and Cultural - imbibe skills on strategies for using them to

benefit economic prospects, also enable the learners to infer the implications of the emerging

trends and issues on business.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Define the environment of business in terms of factors affecting it and to analyze the

impact of such factors.

CLO2: Critically assess the business environment of an organization using selected strategic

tools. Describing the role of the regulatory authorities and the principal effects of regulation

upon Business.

CLO3: Formulate the potential ethical dilemmas and decisions the organization may face in

relation to potential opportunities to gain competitive advantage.

CLO4: Evaluate and Analyze scenarios that synthesize business environment information.

UNIT - I (8 Hours)

Introduction to Business Environment

• The concept of Business Environment, significance and nature. Micro environment-

customers, suppliers, competitors, marketing intermediaries, publics. Macro

environment- Economic, Political and Govt. factors, Socio-cultural factors,

Demographic Factors, Natural factors and International Factors.

• Environmental Change- techniques for analysis, role in strategic management.

Business and culture. Social responsibility of business.

• Economic Systems- Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy and their implications

for business. Mixed Economy of India. Economic roles of governments- its plans and

policies.

Page 49: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

49

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Spotlight on India

• Overview of Monetary and Fiscal Policies. Industrial policy.

• Private, public and joint Co-operative sectors. Industrial sickness. Rationale behind

privatization.

• Village, small and ancillary industries and their importance.

• Rise of- rural market and its impact in context with Indian Economy.

• Impact of Advancement of Technology on business- E-Banking (ATM, Debit and

Credit card), EMI and how it promotes consumerism. Role of Television, Internet and

mobile-phones in integrating and spreading information and trends.

• Indian economy and reforms since 1991

• Discussion on- Dynamic Political Scenario, the budget, changing moral and family

fabric and their impact on business.

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

Brief overview of Legal Environment and Tax structure

• Overview of legal business environment

• Concept of tax: a study of direct and indirect taxes

• Tax reforms (MODVAT, CENVAT AND VAT), its implications in Indian economy,

GST and its implications on Indian economy

• Meaning scope and need for Business Law and Legal framework: BIFR, Consumer

Protection Act 1986, FEMA Act, RTI Act.

• Corporate governance and Business ethics

• Correction, measures and impact of NEP on BOP: recent trends.

UNIT - IV (10 Hours)

Globalization:

• Meaning, importance and impact

• WTO agreements and applications

• Global recession and new business environment

• Emerging countries- BRIC- Brazil, Russia, India and China

• Multinational companies and their growing power

• Role of Intellectual property rights

• Magnitude and Direction of Indian International Trade, bilateral and multilateral

trade agreements.

• Discussion on-India’s Foreign Policy and opportunities abroad.

Page 50: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

50

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 S.K. Mishra and V.K. Puri, Indian Economy, 23rd Edition, Himalaya Publication, 2005

T2 FancisCherunilam- “Business Environment”-Himalaya Publishing House

T3 Justin Paul- “Business Environment”- 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Publication

T4 MC Kuchhal- “Business Law”- Vikas Publishing House

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Mishra S K &Puri V K – “Economic Environment of Business”, Himalaya Publishing

House, 3rd Edition.

R2. Shaikh &Saleem – “Business Environment”, Pearson, 1st Edition

R3. Suresh Bedi – “Business Environment”, Excel Books, 1st Edition.

R4. Gulshan J.J. – “Business Law Including Company Law”, New Age International

Publisher, 13th Edition.

R5. Avtar Singh – “Principles of Mercantile Law”, Eastern Book Company, 7th Edition.

R6. Relevant Acts

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO

Description

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define the environment of business in terms of factors

affecting it and to analyze the impact of such factors.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Critically assess the business environment of an

organization using selected strategic tools. Describing the

role of the regulatory authorities and the principal effects of

regulation upon Business.

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate.

CLO3 Formulate the potential ethical dilemmas and decisions the

organization may face in relation to potential opportunities

to gain competitive advantage.

3, 4,

Apply,

Analyze,

CLO4 Evaluate and Analyze scenarios that synthesize business

environment information.

3, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

Page 51: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

51

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 L M

CLO2

M

L

M

CLO3 L M H H M L

CLO4 M M L L L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 52: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

52

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

MCM2003

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objective:

CO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge of Time Value of Money and other concepts of

Financial Management.

CO2: To analyze and apply the concepts of Financial Management in solving business financial

problems.

CO3: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the area of Finance for the purpose

of the business.

CO4: To demonstrate the skills of planning, controlling and managing finance for the

organization.

Course Learning Outcome (CLO): On completion of the course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and discuss the concepts financial management

CLO2: Explain and compare the various theories like capital structure theories, dividend

models etc. used in financial management.

CLO3: Calculate and differentiate the various tools and techniques used for decision making

in the corporate world.

CLO4:Assess and justify the financial decisions like investment, financing and dividend,

decisions

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Conceptual Framework of Financial Management:

⚫ Meaning, Nature and Scope of Financial Management

⚫ Financial Goal- Profit Vs. Wealth Maximization

⚫ Role and Functions of Finance Manager

⚫ Finance Functions-Investment, Financing and Dividend Decisions

⚫ Time Value of Money

⚫ Risk and Return Analysis

UNIT - II (8 Hours)

Investment Decision:

• Investment Decisions- Nature of Investment Decisions, Investment Evaluation Criteria-

Traditional Approach – Payback Period, Accounting Rate of Return (ROR), Modern

Approach – Net Present Value (NPV), Internal Rate Of Return (IRR), Profitability

Index (PI) and Capital Rationing

• Cost of Capital: Significance of Cost of Capital, Calculation of Cost of Equity,

Preference Shares, Debentures and Retained Earnings and Weighted Average Cost of

Capital (WACC)

Page 53: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

53

UNIT - III (8 Hours)

Financing Decision:

• Sources of Business Finance: Long – Term Sources of Finance – Equity Shares,

Preference Shares, Debentures and Bonds

• Concept and Approaches of Capital Structure Decision: Net Income Approach (NI),

Net Operating Income Approach (NOI), Traditional and Modigliani Miller Approach

• Leverage Analysis – Financial, Operating and Combined Leverage; EBIT-EPS

Analysis and Indifference Points

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

• Dividend Decision: Concept of Retained Earnings and Plough Back of Profits,

Relevance and Irrelevance Theories of Dividend Decision: Walter’s Model, Gordon’s

Model and Modigliani Miller Model; Factors Affecting Dividend Decision.

• Working Capital Management: Concept of Working Capital, Factors Affecting

Working Capital Requirement, Management of Working Capital

• Overview of Management of Cash, inventory and receivables.

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. Khan and Jain; “Financial Management- Text and Problems” Tata McGraw Hill, 6th

Ed., 2012.

T2. S.A. Ross, R.W. Westerfield, J.F. Jaffe and G.S. Roberts,. Corporate Finance, McGraw-

Hill Ryerson, 6th Ed., 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Paresh Shah; “Financial Management”, Biztantra, 2nd Ed., New Delhi, 2012

R2. Prasanna Chandra; “Financial Management Theory and Practice”, TMH, 8th Ed., 2011

R3. R P Rustagi; “Financial Management: Theory, Concepts & Problem”, Taxmann, 2010

R4. Lawrence Gitman “Principles of Managerial Finance”, Pearson, 2010

R5. Pandey, I. M.; “Financial Management” Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 8th Ed.,

New Delhi, 2010

R6. Gupta, S. P.; “Financial Management”, SahityaBhawan Publication, 2nd revised Ed.,

Agra, 2009

R7. Van Horne &Wachowicz; “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Pearson, 2009

R8. Weston Besley& Brigham, “Essentials of Managerial Finance ”, W B Saunders, 1996

Page 54: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

54

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define and discuss the concepts financial management

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Explain and compare the various theories like capital structure

theories, dividend models etc. used in financial management.

2 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Calculate and differentiate the various tools and techniques used

for decision making in the corporate world.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Explain, demonstrate, assess, compare and justify the financial

decisions like investment, financing and dividend, decisions

2, 3, 5

Understand,

Apply,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcome

s

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H

L H M

CLO2 H

M H H M

CLO3 H

M

H H M

CLO4 H

M H H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 55: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

55

LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

MMG2007 L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1:To understand the basic concept of business legislations.

CO2: To analyze the different legal issues of business and to know the legal remedies to solve

the problem.

CO3: To encourage and develop legal thinking for smooth establishment of business concern.

CO4: To understand the problems of consumers and to get knowledge to solve the issues related

with the particular product.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the meaning of different types of company; evaluate the problems of the

different companies and to analyze the cases on different legal issues related with the

establishment of company.

CLO2: Understand the concepts of Indian Contract Act in a business and analyze the issues

on of breach of contract.

CLO3: Understand the concept of Negotiable Instruments Act and to evaluate the decisions of

the court if not suitable to the business concern.

CLO4: Analyze the problems of the consumers and to evaluate the methods to file a complaint

before the consumer forum.

UNIT - I (10 Hours)

Company Law: The concept of company; kinds of companies; Doctrine of lifting the corporate

veil and the stages in the formation of company.

The Memorandum and Articles of Association and their alteration; Doctrine of Ultra-vires;

Director: Appointment, Power, Duties and Liabilities, Meeting and Resolution: Types of

Meeting

UNIT - II (9 Hours)

Indian Contract Act 1872: Formation of contract; kinds of contracts on the basis of

enforceability, essentials of valid consideration and exceptions; Nature of contract of indemnity

and guarantee, law of agency: creation and termination of agency; Sale of Goods Act 1930:

Essentials of a contract of sale; Differences between sale and agreement to sell; conditions and

warranties;

UNIT – III (11 Hours)

Law of Partnership and Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Essentials of partnership; Kinds of

partners; position of a minor partner; Effect of non-registration of a firm and rules governing

mutual relations between partners; kinds of negotiable Instruments; Essentials of Bills of

exchange; Promising note &cheques, Endorsement and crossing of cheques.

UNIT – IV (10 Hours)

The Information Technology Act 2000: Digital Signature, Electronic Governance, Electronic

Records certifying authorities,

Page 56: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

56

Consumer Protection Act: definition of consumer, meaning of consumer dispute, consumer

protection councils, consumer dispute redressal agencies.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Kuchhal, M. C., “Business Law”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, Current

Edition.

T2. Singh, Avtar, “Business Law”, Eastern Book Co. Lucknow, 9th Edition Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Albuquerque, Daniel, “Legal Aspect of Business” Oxford University Press, 2013

R2. Pathak, Akhileshwar, (2009), “Legal Aspects of Business”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill

Education.

R3. PC Tulsian, “Business Law”, Tata McGraw Hill-2nd Edition

R4. Gulshan SS, Kapoor GK, “Business Law Including Company Law”, New Age

International Publication, 15 Edition.

R5. Bagrial, Ashok, (2008), “Company Law”, Vikas Publishing House.

R6. Kapoor, N. D., (2006), “Elements of Mercantile Law”, Sultan Chand & Sons, New

Delhi.

R7. A.Ramaiyya, “Guide to the Companies” Act, 16th edition, Lexis NexisButterworths

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the meaning of different types of company; evaluate

the problems of the different companies and to analyze the cases

on different legal issues related with the establishment of

company.

2,5,4

Understand

Evaluate,

Analyze

CLO2 Understand the concepts of Indian Contract Act in a business

and analyze the issues on of breach of contract.

2,4

Understand

Analyze

CLO3 Understand the concept of Negotiable Instruments Act and to

evaluate the decisions of the court if not suitable to the business

concern.

2,5

Understand

Evaluate

CLO4 Analyze the problems of the consumers and to evaluate the

methods to file a complaint before the consumer forum

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

Page 57: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

57

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H L H H L L

CLO2 H L H H H M H

CLO3 M L H H H H M L

CLO4 M L H H H H M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 58: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

58

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

MMG2013

(40 Hours)

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1: To train students in the art of converting an idea into a business.

CO2: To give an overview of various processes which are required to start an innovative

business- for products and/or services

CO3: To motivate and train students to take the entrepreneurial plunge with the planning to

succeed

Course Learning Outcomes:

CLO1: Describe the concept of Entrepreneurship and its importance to the economy for

enhancing productivity and creating jobs.

CLO2: Differentiate between entrepreneurship and business and the skills required to be

successful as an entrepreneur

CLO3: Apply the concepts to identify entrepreneurial opportunity and create a niche for the

enterprise

CLO4: Explain the relevance of intellectual property for an entrepreneur

CLO5: Formulate the marketing strategy, identify international opportunities and configure

the team for organizational success

CLO6: Evaluate financial resources, decide the appropriate legal format for conduction of

business and develop competency for managing the venture through the different phases of

its life cycle

UNIT-I (10 Hours)

⚫ Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship; Entrepreneurship and economic development,

Entrepreneur vs. Manager.

⚫ Entrepreneurial Competencies, the Entrepreneurial role, task and personality –

Entrepreneurial skills: creativity, problem solving, decision making, communication,

Leadership quality: Mccellend’s need achievement theory, self analysis, personal

efficacy, culture and values, risk taking behaviour, technology backup.

⚫ Factor affecting Entrepreneurial growth

⚫ The Entrepreneurial process – deciding, developing, moving, managing, recognizing.

UNIT -II (08 Hours)

Creativity and innovation; Opportunity recognition in Entrepreneurship, The product concept

and Commercial opportunities, Importance of manufacturing, products and technology, the

product development process. Product Protection: Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights.

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Page 59: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

59

Services and Commercial opportunities- Infrastructure of services, types of service ventures,

success factors for service ventures.

UNIT-III (12 Hours)

Marketing Research for new ventures- market research in pre-startup phase, sources of market

intelligence, Competitive analysis and implications. Marketing Functions- product concepts,

distribution, promotion, pricing. Marketing strategies. International Markets and new venture

opportunities.

UNIT-IV (10 Hours)

Organizing – Team Building, Legal forms of business. Financing the new venture- Business

acquisition and franchising, Financial resources for new venture. Managing, Growing and

Ending the new venture. Governmental scheme for promotion of entrepreneurship.

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. David H. Holt- Entrepreneurship- New Venture Creation- PHI

T2.Bharat Bhaskar- Electronic Commerce- Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Hisrich, Peters & Shepherd- Entrepreneurship- 6th Edition

R2. Barringer, Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new ventures, Pearson 3rd Edition

R3. Charantimath, Entrepreneurship: Development and Small Business Enterprise, Pearson

1st Edition.

R4. Rajeev Roy, Entrepreneurship, Oxford.

R5. Drucker, Innovation & Entrepreneurship- Heinemann

R6. PareekUdai, &Venkateshwara Rao- Developing Entrepreneurship- A Handbook on

Learning Systems, Learning Systems.

R7. Kakkar, Enterpreneurship Development (Wiley Dreamtech)

R8. Rai- Entrepreneurship Development (Vikas Publication)

R9. Clifton &Bharadwaj, Entrepreneurial Strength Finder,1st,Gallup Press,2014

R10. Siddhartha Sharma, The Millionaire Entrepreneur- Like a Boss,1st,Learners of Life

Publication,2013

R11. Puneet Srivastava, Accidental Entrepreneur,1st,Rupa& Co.,2012

Page 60: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

60

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Describe the concept of Entrepreneurship and its importance

to the economy for enhancing productivity and creating jobs.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between entrepreneurship and business and the

skills required to be successful as an entrepreneur

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the concepts to identify entrepreneurial opportunity

and create a niche for the enterprise

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4 Explain the relevance of intellectual property for an

entrepreneur

2

Understand,

CLO5 Formulate the marketing strategy, identify international

opportunities and configure the team for organizational

success

3,5

Apply,

Evaluate

CLO6 Evaluate financial resources, decide the appropriate legal

format for conduction business and develop competency for

managing the venture through the different phases of its life

cycle

2, 4, 6

Understand,

Analyze, Evaluate

Page 61: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

61

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs:

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 L H M M L H

CLO2 M H H L M M

CLO3 H H H H M M

CLO4 H H H H M H

CLO5 H H H M M M

CLO6 M H H M H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 62: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

62

PRODUCTION & OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

MMG2006 L T P C

3 0 0 3 (40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To inculcate in students, knowledge of elements of the production process.

CO2: To enable them to use these techniques for optimizing the manufacturing process of the

organization.

CO3:An appreciation for operations management and the crucial role that it plays to

streamline effort, predict results and gain competitive advantage through quality.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Demonstrate how to determine an organization’s strategies and competitive priorities.

Make use of knowledge about managing production process.

CLO2: Outline the roles of specialization, mechanization and standardization in mass

production. Analyze the process involve in production, utilize the concept like work study

and method study.

CLO3: Explain the contributions and problems associated with the use of assembly lines,

automation and robots in producing products and services.

CLO4: Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of maintaining large amounts of inventory.

Understand the meaning of TQM and TQC

CLO5: Understand the relationship between Lean Production and JIT. Compare and contrast

between JIT manufacturing and JIT purchasing. Analyze the concept of TPM.

UNIT-I (15 Hours)

Introduction to POM

• Historical milestone in POM, Recent trends in POM and emerging role of

Production and Operations Manager.

• Operation strategy in a global economy, Elements of operation strategy.

• Types of production, classification of production system: job, Batch, Mass

production

• Relationship with other functional areas of management

Designing Operations

• Product/service design: Product & service selection, Generating new Product,

Product development, Factors influencing product design.

• Process Design: Process planning & design, major factors affecting Process

design, Types of process design.

• Facility capacity: Definition, Measurement & Forecasting of capacity demand,

Analyzing capacity, planning decision

• Facility location: Factor affecting location decision,

• Facility layout: Manufacturing facility layout: Product, process & fixed position

layout, Service facility layout.

Page 63: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

63

Unit - II (8 Hours)

Managing Production & Operations I

• Supply chain management: Definition, strategic Importance, meaning of a Supply

chain and its objectives and supply chain strategies

• Purchasing: Importance & purchasing process make or buy analysis, vendor

selection, logistic management and warehousing.

Unit -III (10 Hours)

Managing Productions & Operations II

• Inventory management: Definition, types, costs associated with Inventory, Basic

EOQ model, fixed order quantity system, fixed order period system, selective

control of Inventory.

• Quality management: Definition & dimensions of Quality, Cost of quality.

• Quality control: Charts for attributes & variables, acceptance sampling, TQM, six

sigma.

Unit -IV (7 Hours)

Maintaining effective and efficient Operations

• Job design, method analysis work measurement: Labour standard, time study,

work sampling, predetermined time standards.

• Maintenance management: Definition, repair and preventive maintenance

programs.

Brief Introduction of the following topics

• JIT & Lean operations.

• Outsourcing as a supply chain strategy.

• Total productive maintenance.

• Learning curves.

• Benchmarking.

TEXTBOOKS:

T1: B.Krishna Reddy G.Sudarsana Reddy K. Aswathappa, “Production and Operations

Management”, 6th edition, 2012- Himalayas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.

T2: Mr. K. Shridhara Bhat, “Production and Operations Management”, 1st edition,

2011- Himalayas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.

REFERENCEBOOKS:

R1: D. R. Patel, S. AChunawalla, “Production and Operations Management”, 8th edition,

2013,Himalayas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.

Page 64: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

64

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Course Learning Outcome Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Demonstrate how to determine an organization’s strategies and

competitive priorities. Make use of knowledge about managing

production process

2

Understand

CLO2 Outline the roles of specialization, mechanization and

standardization in mass production. Analyze the process involve

in production, utilize the concept like work study and method

study.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Explain the contributions and problems associated with the use

of assembly lines, automation and robots in producing products

and services.

2

Understand

CLO4 Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of maintaining large

amounts of inventory. understand the meaning of TQM and

TQC

4

Analyze

CLO5 Understand the relationship between Lean Production and JIT.

Compare and contrast between JIT manufacturing and JIT

purchasing. Analyze the concept of TPM

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M L L

CLO2 M M

CLO3 H

CLO4 M

CLO5 M M M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 65: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

65

OPERATIONS RESEARCH

MMG2014

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1: To enable in understanding the role and relevance of operations research in

management.

CO2: To apply OR techniques in getting the best possible solutions to a problem involving

limited resources.

CO3: To identify Project goals, constraints and control needs and resource requirements in

order to achieve project success.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to :

CLO1: Describe the scope of operations research in management decision making and apply.

CLO2: Identify decision making environments under certainty, uncertainty and risk and use

in practical problems.

CLO3: Choose appropriate OR model in finding optimum solution.

CLO4: Illustrate the knowledge of project management and solve the practical problems.

Choose appropriate OR model in finding optimum solution.

UNIT I: (8 Hours)

Introduction: Introduction and scope of operation research,

Decision making Environments: Introduction, types of environment: certainty,

uncertainty, and risk situations, Decision Tree.

UNIT II: (10 Hours)

Linear Programming: mathematical formulations for LP models for product mix

problems, Graphical method, Simplex method, Duality.

Transportation problem: methods of finding initial basic feasible solution, North-West

method, Least cost method, VAM method, Optimum solution-MODI method and stepping

stone method.

Page 66: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

66

UNIT III: (10 Hours)

Assignment model: Hungarian algorithm and its applications, maximization of assignment

Problems

Game theory: Concept of game, two-person-zero-sum game, pure and mixed strategy

games, saddle point, dominance method and graphical method for solving mixed strategy

game.

Queueing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue Model, Applications of queue model

for better service to customers.

UNIT IV: (12 Hours)

Sequencing Problem: Johnson’s Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and

Three Machines, Two jobs and m - Machines Problems.

Replacement Problem: Replacement of assets that deteriorate with time, replacement of

assets which fail suddenly.

Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Applications of CPM and

PERT techniques in Project planning and control;crashing of operations.

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. Sharma, J. K. Operations Research. Macmillan Publication (2012)

T2. Taha, H.A. Operations Research: An Introduction. Pearson Education (2008).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Vohra, N. D.Quantitative Techniques in Management. Tata McGraw-Hill

Publication(2010).

R2. Swarup, Kanti. Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons (2008).

R3. Gupta, P. K., & Hira, D.S. Operations Research. S. Chand & Company Ltd(2008)..

R4. Kalawathy-Operation Research. Vikas Publication, IVth Edition

Page 67: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

67

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the scope of operations research in management decision

making and apply.

1,2

Remember

Understand

CLO2 Identify decision making environments under certainty,

uncertainty and risk and use in practical problems.

2,3

Understand

Apply

CLO3 Choose appropriate OR model in finding optimum solution. 3,4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Illustrate the knowledge of project management and solve the

practical problems. Choose appropriate OR model in finding

optimum solution.

5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M M L M

CLO2 H L L L

CLO3 H H M H

CLO4 H M H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 68: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

68

Software application in management – II

MMG 2503

L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1: To train the student for using the spreadsheet package MS-Excel for business

applications.

CO2: To impart skills of analyzing data and presenting it using MS-Excel.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of an excel spreadsheet.

CLO2: Apply the software for the presentation purpose.

CLO3: Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving the business issues with

the help of analytical tools.

CLO4: Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific office use

Introduction to Excel

MS excel screen elements – Tool bar, title bar, ribbon, formula bar, status bar. Moving around

a Worksheet, entering and formatting (e.g. Number, Text, Date and Currency) data. Cell

referencing (relative, absolute, mixed), using formulae, Use of Find, Replace, Goto.

Working with Excel

Insert, delete - cells, rows, columns. Sorting (basic, custom), filtering, grouping, ungrouping

data, dealing with subtotals and grand totals. Validating data, protecting cells. Pivot Tables.

Commonly used functions

Sum, Max, Min, Average, Count, Today, Now, Datedif, Countif, CountA, CountBlank, Round,

Roundup, Round Down, ABS, Sign, Ceiling, Floor, Trim, Value, Clean, sqrt, if, sumif

Data Viewing and Reviewing

Inserting comments, spell checks and changes to the worksheet data etc, Viewing data in

different ways eg. Page break, normal etc

Creating and managing charts

Create and modify graphs / charts like Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, Scatter, 3D etc. Working

with multiple sheets, hyper linking.

Page 69: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

69

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of

an excel spreadsheet.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Apply the software for the presentation purpose. 3

Apply

CLO3 Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving

the business issues with the help of analytical tools.

3, 6

Apply,

Create

CLO4 Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific

office use.

4, 6

Analyze,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs:

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSO

s)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M

M L

CLO2 H M M

M

CLO3 H H H

H L

CLO4 M H M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 70: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

70

SOFT SKILLS

MSS2501

L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objectives:

CO1: To make students understand the relevance of soft skills.

CO2: To help students develop their verbal and non-verbal communication skills.

CO3: To help students learn and apply personal and professional skills.

CO4: To introduce, demonstrate and help students use correct etiquettes in formal and informal

settings.

CO5: To train the students to be suitable for employment.

Course Learning Outcomes:

CLO1: Discuss the importance of Soft Skills Examine the skills required to be updated. Compare

the behavior and attitude of the students

CLO2: Explain the Verbal Comprehension & listening skills. Illustrate the role and importance

of Verbal Comprehension, listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking, body language,

Examine the importance of listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking, body language.

Evaluate on the basis Question & answers based on read out passage. Compare the

improvement in listening skills, body language.

CLO3: Describe the importance of email writing, application writing, role play Demonstrate

the format of email and application. Evaluate through practice of writing applications, emails

and evaluate role plays through practice. Compare the actual knowledge from previous

knowledge of the students.

CLO4: Explain grooming & etiquette. Experiment business etiquette, meeting Etiquette, social

etiquette. Debate, Conclude and Compare Do’s & Don’t of business etiquette. Construct their

own opinion about the grooming & etiquette.

CLO5: Explain professional skills, leadership & teamwork, GD Skills & Presentation skills.

Demonstrate the importance of leadership and teamwork, GD Skills & presentation skills,

Evaluate qualities of a good leader, qualities of a good team player, difference between leader

& a manager Debate, Conclude and Compare Importance, purpose, types, do’s & don’ts,

difference between GD & Debate. Construct the tips for making effective presentation

Page 71: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

71

Unit 1: Icebreaking [01]

Introduction to soft skills, expectations from the course: Importance of soft skills, expectations

from the course, skills that need to be updated.

Unit 2: Verbal Communication Skills [06]

Verbal Comprehension and Listening: Question and answers based on the read out passage,

importance of listening in comprehending, tips to improve listening skills

HAM/JAM: Tips to speak on HAM/JAM, practice of HAM/JAM

Public Speaking and Body Language: Do’s and Don’ts of public speaking, role of body

language in public speaking

Unit 3: Non Verbal Skills [07]

Application & E-mail writing: Email format, application format, e-mail etiquette and practice

of writing applications and emails.

Written Comprehension: Question and answers based on written passage, tips of answering

questions from written comprehension practice.

Role plays on various situations: Role play practice.

Unit 4: Personal Skills [01]

Grooming & Etiquette (Business etiquette, social etiquette): Dos & Don’ts of business

etiquette, meeting etiquette and social etiquette

Unit 5: Professional Skills [09]

Positive Attitude & Confidence: Importance of positive attitude in a person’s life. How to

have a positive attitude?

Leadership & Team work: Importance of leadership & team work in personal & professional

life. Qualities of a good team player. Difference between a leader & a manager.

GD Skills: What is a GD? Purpose of a GD, what is observed in a GD, how to initiate in a

GD, types of GD, do’s and don’t of a GD.

GD Practice: GD practice

Presentation skills: Tips on how to make an effective PPT

Page 72: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

72

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. The Ace of Soft Skills- G Ramesh, Mahadevan Ramesh-2013 Edition

T2. Communication Skills for Engineers & Scientists- Sangeeta Sharma, Binod Mishra-

2013 Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Personality Development by Rajiv Mishra-2014 Edition

Course Learning Objective (CLO): On completion of this course the students will be able

to:

CLO Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Discuss the importance of Soft Skills Examine the skills required

to be updated. Compare the behavior and attitude of the students

2,4,6

Understand,

Analyze,

Create

CLO2 Explain the Verbal Comprehension & listening skills. Illustrate the

role and importance of Verbal Comprehension, listening skills,

HAM/JAM, public speaking, body language, Examine the

importance of listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking, body

language. Evaluate on the basis Question & answers based on read

out passage. Compare the improvement in listening skills, body

language.

2, 3, 4, 6

Understand,

Apply,

Analyzing,

Creating

CLO3 Describe the importance of email writing, application writing, role

play Demonstrate the format of email and application. Evaluate

through practice of writing applications, emails and evaluate role

plays through practice. Compare the actual knowledge from

previous knowledge of the students.

2, 3,6

Understand,

Apply,

Create

CLO4 Explain grooming & etiquette. Experiment business etiquette,

meeting Etiquette, social etiquette. Debate, Conclude and Compare

Do’s & Don’t of business etiquette. Construct their own opinion

about the grooming & etiquette.

2,4,5,6

Understand,

Analyze,

Evaluate,

Create

CLO5 Explain professional skills, leadership & teamwork, GD Skills &

Presentation skills. Demonstrate the importance of leadership and

teamwork, GD Skills & presentation skills, Evaluate qualities of

a good leader, qualities of a good team player, difference between

leader & a manager Debate, Conclude and Compare Importance,

purpose, types, do’s & don’ts , difference between GD & Debate.

Construct the tips for making effective presentation

2,3,6

Understand,

Apply,

Create

Page 73: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

73

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs:

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes(PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H L M

CLO2 H L M

CLO3 H L M

CLO4 H L M

CLO5 H L M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 74: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

74

APTITUDE & REASONING AND ONLINE TEST

MAP 2501 L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1: To enable the students to refine their mathematical, logical and analytical skills.

CO2: To enhance their employability skills.

CO3: To prepare the students for competition.

CO4: To give practice sessions to increase students speed and confidence.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify their weakness for various competitive exams their quantitative and reasoning

skills.

CLO2: Examine their employability skills.

CLO3: Develop their Competitive skills.

CLO4: Improve their quantitative and reasoning skills.

UNIT 1

LOGICAL REASONING 1 (3 hours)

Cube Cuboid, Dice and Figure Problem, Venn diagram, Syllogism, Set Theory

UNIT 2

LOGICAL REASONING 2 (3 hours)

PuzzleTest, Matrix, Sitting Arrangement, Statement, Binary Logic

UNIT 3

QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 1 (6 hours)

Mixture and Allegation, Ratio and Proportion, Problems on Ages, Time Speed and Distance,

Problems on Boats and Trains, Geometry

UNIT 4

QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 2 (6 hours)

Trigonometry, mensuration, algebra and linear and quadratic equations, simp le and compound

interest

UNIT 5

QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 3 (6 hours)

Permutation and Combination, Probability, Data Interpretation

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. R.S. Agarwal “Quantitative aptitude”

R2. R.S. Agarwal “A modern approach to logical reasoning”

Page 75: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

75

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H M L H

CLO2 H H M L H

CLO3 H H M L H

CLO4 H H M L H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify their weakness for various competitive exams their

quantitative and reasoning skills.

3

Apply

CLO2 Examine their employability skills 4

Analyze

CLO3 Develop their Competitive skills 6

Create

CLO4 Improve their quantitative and reasoning skills.

6

Create

Page 76: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

76

INDUSTRIAL VISIT

MMG2504 L T P C

0 0 0 1

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1: To know about the business activities and challenges that organizations come across on

a routine basis.

CO2: To understand how the organizations interpret the challenges and try and find solutions

to them.

CO3: To gain insights about on-ground issues and how they are dealt with inside the

organization.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify and describe the various business activities and challenges of modern World

CLO2: Illustrate and criticize the various probable solutions of the business challenges

CLO3: Examine the business activities/issues for the better decision making

CLO4: Develop and improve their critical thinking and communication skills

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify and describe the various business activities and

challenges of modern World.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Illustrate and criticize the various probable solutions of

the business challenges.

3, 4

Apply, Analyze

CLO3 Examine the business activities/issues for the better

decision making.

5

Evaluate

CLO4 Develop and improve their critical thinking and

communication skills.

6

Create

Page 77: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

77

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H L M

CLO2 H M M M H

CLO3 H M L L M L M H

CLO4 H M L L M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 78: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

78

COMPREHENSIVE VIVA-I

MMG2505

L T P C

0 0 0 1

Course Learning Objectives:

1. To prepare comprehensively about the concept and overall knowledge of all courses.

2. To gain confidence and develop interpersonal skills in the relevant field.

3. To acquaint the students with the overall framework of management concepts in

business administration.

4. To build professional conduct within any team activities.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

1. Understand the concept of management principles and various dimensions.

2. Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing appropriate management

information.

3. Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business administration.

4. Analyze and build professional conduct within any team activities.

Methodology:

The confidence level, presentation and communication skills, decision-making ability and a

comprehensive understanding will be assessed.

The viva voce is of 100 marks and is to be conducted by the external examiners appointed by

the University. A weightage of 1 credits has been given to this to highlight its importance.

Page 79: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

79

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of the course students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the concept of management principles and various

dimensions.

2

Understand

CLO2 Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing

management information.

3

Apply

CLO3 Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business

administration.

4

Evaluate

CLO4 Analyze and build professional conduct within any team

activities

4,6

Analyzing,

Creating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M M M M H M H M H M M H H M

CLO2 H M M M M M H M M M M H M M H

CLO3 H H M H H M H M M M M M M M M

CLO4 H H M H H H H H M H M M L M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 80: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

80

III SEMESTER

Page 81: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

81

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM

MCS3011

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To develop conceptual understanding about latest developments in the field of

Information Technology and the impact of IT in managing a business.

CO2: To find use of Information Technology to gain competitive advantage in business.

CO3: To explain applications as groupware, the Internet, executive information systems,

telecommunications, and other organizational support technologies and relate them to solving

organization problems.

CO4: To describe the basic principles and use of computer systems, storage, communication,

databases, decision support systems, information management, project management, and data

mining in organizations.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify and examine how Information Systems are used in organizations for meeting

strategic and operational goals.

CLO2: Inspect the business problems and how the IT applications can improve business

processes through articulation of goal statement, system request, and feasibility analysis.

CLO3: Define and explain the basic principles and use of computer systems, storage,

communication, databases, decision support systems, information management, project

management, and data mining in organizations.

CLO4: Examine and acquire skills using current end-user software for communication, data

transformation, collaboration, and problem-solving.

CLO5: Investigate and assess business information and systems to facilitate evaluation of

strategic alternatives.

Unit-I Management Information system: (10 Hours)

Need, Purpose and Objectives of Data, Information, Knowledge, Types of Information

Systems, Information as a strategic resource, Use of information for competitive advantage,

Application of shared business IS at different levels of management, Decision Support

Systems, Relationship between MIS & TPS.

Unit-II: Decision Support System: (10 Hours)

Decision-making and Role of MIS, Decision Support System, Business Intelligence, Group

Support System, Executive Information Systems, Executive Support Systems, Experts Systems

and Knowledge based Experts Systems, Artificial Intelligence.

Page 82: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

82

Unit-III Management Issues in MIS: (10 Hours)

Information Security and controls, Quality assurance, Intellectual Property Rights as related

to IT services/ IT products, Managing Global Information Systems, MIS Model for a digital

firm – Organization Structure for digital firm.

UNIT IV Managing Information Technology: (10 Hours)

Enterprise & Global management, Security & Ethical challenges of Information System,

System implementation Strategies and process; System Evaluation and Maintenance,

Applications: Enterprise Resource Planning, Supply Chain Management, Customer

Relationship Management in business.

Text Books

T1. Management Information Systems by Obrien, Marakas and Ramesh Behl, TMGH

T2. Management Information Systems by Jawadekar, TMGH, 4 th Edition.

Reference Books

R1. Management Information Systems by Laudon, Laudon, Dass, Pearson Education Asia,

11th Edition.

R2. Management Information Systems by D P Goyal, Vikas publication, 4th edition.

R3. Management Information Systems by Dr. D. B. Bharati& Rohan Dahivale Himalaya

Publications.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify and examine how Information Systems are used in

organizations for meeting strategic and operational goals.

2,3

Understand,

Apply

CLO2 Inspect the business problems and how the IT applications can

improve business processes through articulation of goal statement,

system request, and feasibility analysis.

4

Analyze

CLO3 Define and explain the basic principles and use of computer systems,

storage, communication, databases, decision support systems,

information management, project management, and data mining in

organizations.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO4 Examine and acquire skills using current end-user software for

communication, data transformation, collaboration, and problem-

solving.

4

Analyze

CLO5 Investigate and assess business information and systems to facilitate

evaluation of strategic alternatives.

4,5

Analyze,

Evaluate

Page 83: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

83

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSO

s) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M L H H

CLO2 H M L H M H

CLO3 L M L H H

CLO4 L M L H M H

CLO5 H M L M

H: High, M: Medium, L: Low

Page 84: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

84

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & BUSINESS ETHICS

MMG3001

(40 Hours)

Course Objective:

CO1: To explain concept of Corporate Governance, highlight its importance for corporate

success, trace its evolution and chart its future in modern India.

CO2: To illustrate the concept and application of Indian values and ethics to business.

CO3: To assess Indian cultural values and their unique contribution to business in the

subcontinent.

CO4: To describe ethics in different functional areas of business.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Describe the concept of Corporate Governance & Business Ethics- history, evolution,

process; social responsibility and international perspectives.

CLO2: Differentiate between values and ethics and their impact on business.

CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt from the Indian Value System, teachings from scriptures and

tradition to contemporary business situations.

CLO4: Explain the relevance of ethics in different market systems, functional areas and in the

domain of intellectual property

CLO5: Formulating the Corporate Governance Structure for gaining competitive advantage via

ethical means

CLO6: Evaluating Total Quality Management, brand building, promotional strategies and

business restructuring for succeeding in the corporate scenario

UNIT-I (12 Hours)

Corporate Governance: A brief history of Corporate Governance, Agency Theory and the

Separation of Ownership and Control, Evolution of Corporate Governance Practices and

Regulations, need of corporate governance code, Code of Corporate Practices, Social

Responsibility of Corporate, Corporate Social Reporting, Social Audit, Corporate Governance

and the Role of Board (BOD), Corporate Governance System Worldwide, Corporate

Disclosure and Investor Protection in India

UNIT-II (08 Hours)

Values impact in Business- Teachings from the Indian Subcontinent: Indian Value System

and Values, Teaching from scriptures and tradition (Geeta, Ramayana, Mahabharata,

Upanishads, Vedas, Bible and Quran).

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Page 85: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

85

UNIT-III (08 Hours)

Ethics impact in Business: Ethical Issues in Capitalism and market systems, Ethics and social

responsibility, Ethics and marketing, Ethics in finance, Ethics and human resource, Ethics and

Information Technology. Ethical theories and approaches, Intellectual property rights like

designs, patents, trade- marks, copy rights.

UNIT-IV (12 Hours)

Corporate Strategy: The future of Corporate Governance. Gaining Competitive advantage

via ethical means- Global industrial competition, Information Technology, Competitive

Strategy, Benchmarking, Total Quality Management, Brand Building, Promotional Strategies,

Corporate Restructuring, Mergers and Acquisitions, Supply Chain Management, Horizontal

Organization, Diversification.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1.Satheesh Kumar, Corporate Governance (2010), Oxford Higher Education

T2.Vashisth and Rajput, Corporate Governance, Ethics and Values, Taxmann Publication

T3. Corporate Governance in India: An Evaluation by Subhash Chandra, 3rd Edition, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1.S.S. Iyer - Managing for Value (New Age International Publishers, 2002)

R2.Laura P Hartman Abha Chatterjee - Business Ethics (Tata McGraw Hill, 2007)

R3. S.K. Bhatia -Business Ethics and Managerial Values (Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.Ltd.

R4.Velasquez – Business Ethics – Concepts and Cases (Prentice Hall, 6thEd.)

R5.Reed Darryl – Corporate Governance, Economic Reforms & Development (Oxford).

R6.Mathur UC – Corporate Governance & Business Ethics (Mc Millan).

Page 86: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

86

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Describe the concept of Corporate Governance & Business

Ethics- history, evolution, process; social responsibility and

international perspectives.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between values and ethics and their impact on

business.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt from the Indian Value System,

teachings from scriptures and tradition to contemporary

business situations.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4 Explain the relevance of ethics in different market systems,

functional areas and in the domain of intellectual property

2, 3, 4

Understanding, Applying,

Analyzing

CLO5 Formulating the Corporate Governance Structure for gaining

competitive advantage via ethical means

3,5

Applying

Evaluating

CLO6 Evaluating Total Quality Management, brand building,

promotional strategies and business restructuring for

succeeding in the corporate scenario

2, 4, 6

Understanding, Analyzing

Evaluating

Page 87: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

87

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M M M H H M L H

CLO2 M H M M M H M L H

CLO3 M M M M M H M L M

CLO4 M M M M H M L H L

CLO5 H M M M H M L M

CLO6 H H H M M H M M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 88: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

88

SUMMER TRAINING - PROJECT REPORT

MMG3505 L T P C

0 0 2 3

Course Objective:

CO1: To provide Student Interns a platform to take up on-the-job Training and develop a

network which will be useful in enhancing their career prospects.

CO2: To develop skillsfor the job. Students who have good internship experience can be hired

easily and earn more than students who do not. More and more employers are seeking students

who have relevant experience and are familiar with the work environment.

CO3: To demonstrate team work and to create familiar with an organization’s culture and work

style.

CO4: To get sensitized with rigors of corporate world.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1:Identify and understand the complexities of the business world.

CLO2: Interpret and demonstrate the skills needed to be successful in the business world.

CLO3: Analyze and examine the business problems and find out it’s probable solution.

CLO4: Develop, Plan and convert a business idea into reality.

An internship is a large part of a student’s formula for acquire the skill for the job. Students

who have good internship experience can be hired easily and earn more than students who do

not. More and more employers are seeking students who have relevant experience and are

familiar with the work environment. After a student completes an internship, it improves

his/her employability chances, the advantage here is that these students are already familiar

with an organization’s culture and work style.

The process involves working under the mentorship of an executive of the concerned

organization and also with a faculty member of the institute where the student is studying, if

required. The student is expected to first understand the organization and its setting and the

industry/field in which the organization is operating. Thereafter, the student is expected to

concentrate on the specific topic ofstudy, its objectives, its rationale, and adopt a methodology

and identify a suitable analysis procedure for the completion of the study. Wherever possible

the student may provide recommendations and action plans, along with the findings of the

study.

Page 89: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

89

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify and Understand the complexities of the business world.

1, 2,

Remember

Understand

CLO2 Interpret and demonstrate the skills needed to be successful in the

business world.

3, 4

Apply.

Analyze

CLO3 Analyze and examinethe business problems and find out it’s

probable solution.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Develop, Plan and convert a business idea into reality. 6

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 M

M M M

CLO2 H

M

M M

CLO3 H

M

H L H

CLO4 H

M H L H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 90: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

90

SOFT SKILLS

MSS 3501

L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

CO1: To describe students do Self Analysis.

CO2: To develop student’s verbal and non-verbal communication skills.

CO3: To check students learn and apply personal and professional skills.

CO4: To develop skills in the students to be suitable for employment.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1:Evaluate Goal setting & SWOT HOW to do SWOT, Apply SWOT & Goal setting.

CLO2: Develop resume, List various factors required for resume

CLO3: Describe the importance of email writing, application writing Demonstrate the format

of email and application. Evaluate through practice of writing applications, emails. Compare

the actual knowledge from previous knowledge of the students.

CLO4: Explain aim and types of interview. Discuss the various skills required for interview.

Demonstrate body language during interview Analyse likely questions to be asked, Organize

mock interview, Discuss qualities of the professional of new millennium, How to develop a

business plan, Organize quiz.

Unit 1: INTRODUCTION [01]

Goal setting & SWOT: Techniques of goal setting, SMART goals & SWOT analysis.

Unit 2: RESUME WRITING [02]

Resume Writing: CV Format & Guidelines, Career Objective: Framing and Career Objective,

Finding relevant competencies- skills, aptitude and qualities, achievements, projects,

internship, extra-curricular activities.

Unit 3: REVISION OF WRITTEN COMMUNICATION SKILLS [02]

Revision of Application & E-mail writing: Email format, application format, e-mail etiquette

and practice of writing applications and emails.

Unit 4: PROFESSIONAL SKILLS [09]

Personal Branding: Definition & Concept of Personal Branding, Steps to Personal Branding.

EQ & IQ: What is EQ, Difference between EQ & IQ, Major Components of EQ & IQ, How to

raise your EQ, Relation between EQ & Success

Page 91: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

91

Management Styles: Concept of Management, Levels of Management & the skills needed,

Functions of a manager, Management Styles, Leadership vs Management GD.

Persuasive Skills & Selling Skills: What is Persuasion, Importance of Persuasion in selling,

Selling Tips, Activity

Group Discussion (Abstract, Current Affairs based, Management Related, Case Based GD):

Practice of GD

Unit 5: INTERVIEW SKILLS & CAMPUS TO CORPORATE [09]

Interview Skills: Interview Question & Answers- Types & Structuring of answers giving

relevant examples, handling situational questions.

Telephonic Interview/Skype Interview Tips: Reasons for telephonic/skype interview, rules to

be observed & practiced.

Mock Interview-(HR, Technical, Behavioural & Situation Based): Panel interview practice

Qualities in the New Millennium Professional: Qualities needed in the new millennium

professional.

Creativity: What is creativity, how to be creative and importance of creativity. Creativity in

developing a business plan.

Business Quiz- Quiz on basic information about various companies related to heir field.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. The Ace of Soft Skills- G Ramesh, Mhadevan Ramesh-2013 Edition

T2. Communication Skills for Engineers & Scientists- Sangeeta Sharma, Binod Mishra-

2013 Edition

T3 From Campus to Corporate- Ramchandran & Kartik, Pearson Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Personality Development by Rajiv Mishra-2014 Edition

Page 92: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

92

Course Learning Objective (CLO): On completion of this course the students will be able to

CLO Description

Bloom’s Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Evaluate Goal setting & SWOT, HOW to do SWOT

Apply SWOT & Goal setting

3, 5

Apply,

Evaluate

CLO2 Develop resume and List various factors required

for resume

3, 5

Apply,

Create

CLO3 Describe the importance of email writing,

application writing Demonstrate the format of

email and application. Evaluate through practice of

writing applications, emails Compare the actual

knowledge from previous knowledge of the

students.

2, 3, 6

Understand,

Apply,

Evaluate,

Create

CLO4 Explain aim and types of interview. Discuss the

various skills required for interview. Demonstrate

body language during interview Analyse likely

questions to be asked, Organize mock interview,

Discuss qualities of the professional of new

millennium, How to develop a business plan,

Organize quiz

1, 2,3, 4, 6,

Remember,

Understand, Apply,

Analyse,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes (PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 L M L

CLO2 M M

CLO3 H M

CLO4 H M H L L M M M

H: HighM: MediumL: Low

Page 93: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

93

APTITUDE & REASONING AND ONLINE TEST

MAP 3501 L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

CO1: To explain and train the students to refine their mathematical, logical and analytical skills.

CO2: To augment student’s employability skills.

CO3: To prepare the students for competition.

CO4: To develop and design sessions to increase their speed and confidence.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1:Identify self-weakness for various competitive exams their quantitative and reasoning

skills.

CLO2: Examine self-employability skills

CLO3: Develop Competitive skills

CLO4: Develop quantitative and reasoning skills.

UNIT 1 : INTRODUCTION TO BASIC LR (3 hours)

Coding and decoding, alphabet , blood relationship,direction sense test,series completion

UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO DATES AND TIME (3 hours)

calendar: day fetching using the concept of standard table,backward stepping table,forward

stepping table,clock:problem on angle,time variation,incorrect time

UNIT 3: NUMBER SYSTEM (6 hours)

Number system,introduction, divisibility rule,last digit calculation, number of

zeroes,remainder theorem

UNIT 4: BASICS OF QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE (8 hours)

HCF and LCM, work and time, statistics ,power and roots ,percentage

UNIT 5: PROFIT LOSS AND DISCOUNT (4 hours)

profit and loss, function inequalities and crypto arithmetic

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Dr. R S Aggarwal “Quantitative aptitude”,S. Chand Publishing , 2018

Dr. R S Aggarwal “A modern aproach to logical reasoning”,S. Chand Publishing , 2018

Page 94: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

94

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify self-weakness for various competitive exams their

quantitative and reasoning skills.

1

Remember

CLO2 Examine self-employability skills 5

Evaluate

CLO3 Develop Competitive skills 6

Create

CLO4 Develop quantitative and reasoning skills. 6

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes (PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H H M L H L M H

CLO2 H H M L H L M H

CLO3 H H M L H L M H

CLO4 H H M L H L M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 95: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

95

SPSS

MMG3506

L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

CO1: To develop transferable skills in students, to understand the uses of SPSS, as a tool to

summarize and aid in the interpretation of research findings.

CO2: To explain different statistics tools and their application in business practices.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Memorize and explain the SPSS as a data analysis tool

CLO2: Infer and execute how to work with SPSS

CLO3: Develop and demonstrate the use of SPSS to understand and interpret chart

CLO4: Experiment how to enter and devise reorganizing information within SPSS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-

1. Learning the Basics of SPSS.

2. Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics.

3. Presenting Data in Graphic Form.

4. Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples.

5. Testing Research Hypotheses about Two Related Sampled.

6. Comparing Independent Samples with One‐way ANOVA.

7. Comparing related Samples with One‐way ANOVA.

8. Measuring the Simple Relationship between Two Variables.

9. Comparing related Samples with Regression Analysis

10. Assessing the Association between Two Categorical Variables.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. George &Mallery, “SPSS for Windows step by step 17.0”, Pearson

R2. Ready, Set, GO! A Student Guide to SPSS, Thomas Pavkov, Kent Pierce, TMH.

R3. Data Analysis with SPSS, Carver and Nash, Cengage.

Page 96: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

96

Course Learning Objectives: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learnin

g

Outcom

es

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

P

LO

6

PL

O7

P

LO

8

PL

O9

P

LO

10

P

LO

11

P

LO

12

P

SO

1

PS

O2

P

SO

3

PS

O4

CLO1

L H M L L H

CLO2

L H L L H

CLO3

L L H L L H

CLO4

L H L L H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Memorize and explain the SPSS as a data analysis tool 1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Infer and execute how to work with SPSS 3

Apply

CLO3

Develop and demonstrate the use of SPSS to understand and

interpret chart

3, 6

Apply,

Create

CLO4

Experiment how to enter and devise reorganizing

information within SPSS

4, 6

Analyze,

Create

Page 97: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

97

Electives:

MARKETING

MANAGEMENT

Page 98: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

98

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-MK

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To Understand and anticipate customer expectations and needs and various facets of the

job of a sales manager.

CO2: To demonstrate the sales and distribution function of marketing.

CO3: To elucidate the process of sales strategy formulation and organizing sales staff.

CO4: To understand the selling process and applying the same into business situations.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the concept of Selling & Sales Management. Define the role of Personal

Selling as part of overall Marketing Campaign of an Organization.

CLO2: Critically analyses the Sales environment with respect to prevailing Marketing

Environment and thus, formulating Sales Budget, setting Quotas and determining Territories.

Evaluate Training Needs, Motivation & determination of Compensation Package of Sales

Personnel.

CLO3: Understand the concept Distribution Network, its major constituents, Channel Partners

& Dynamics. Analyze the concurrent distribution environment and emergence of new ways of

distribution using E-commerce platform.

CLO4: Apply proper channel design & its management and conflict strategies for optimizing

sales. Evaluate the requirement of resource allocation, deployment of distribution team and

their motivation strategies to meet desired sales objectives.

UNIT- I (12 Hours)

Introduction to Sales: Role of selling in Marketing Concept of Personal Selling, Sales

Management and Salesmanship, Process of Personal Selling, Qualities of a Successful

Salesman. Goals in Sales Management: Goal Setting Process in Sales Management,

UNIT- II (10 Hours)

Sales Force Management: Preparation of Sales Budget, Formulating Selling Strategies,

Designing Sales Territories and Sales Quota. Organizing the Sales Force, Designing the

Structure and Size of Sales Force, Recruitment and Selection of Sales Force, Leading and

Motivating the Sales Force, Training and Compensating the Sales Force, Sales Contests,

Evaluation and Analysis.

Page 99: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

99

UNIT- III (10 Hours)

Introduction to Distribution Management: Concept of Distribution Channel, Pattern of

Distribution, Importance of a Channel, Types of Channels, Primary Distributors, Specialized

Distributors and Participants, E-Retailer, Distributors: Policies and Strategies.

UNIT- IV (8 Hours)

Channel Management: Channel design, Traditional & Merged approach in sales &

Distribution Model, Distributors Selection and appointment, Channel Conflicts and their

Resolutions, Training & Motivating the Distributors Sales Team.

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Panda and Sahadev, Sales& Distribution Management, Oxford Univ. Press, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Dr. S.L.Gupta, Sales & Distribution Management, Text & Cases: An Indian

Perspective, 2009, Excel Publication.

R2. Donaldson B - Sales Management : Theory and Practice (Palgrave)

R3. Jobber David and Lancaster Geoff - Selling and Sales Management (Pearson

Education)

R4. Spiro - Sales Force Management (Tata McGraw Hill, 11th Ed.)

R5. Still Richard R, Cundiff Edward W. and Govoni Norman A.P - Sales Management:

Decisions, Strategies and Cases (Pearson Education, 5th Ed.)

R6. Rosenbloom – Marketing Channels (Cengage Learning, 7th Ed.)

R7. Johnson and Marshall - Sales Force Management (Tata McGraw Hill, 8th Ed.)

R8. Coughlan A.T., Stern Louis W., EL-Ansary A.I. and Anderson E - Marketing Channels

(Prentice Hall of India, 6th Ed.)

Page 100: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

100

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO

Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1

Understand the concept of Selling & Sales Management. Define the role

of Personal Selling as part of overall Marketing Campaign of an

Organization.

2

Understand

CLO2

Critically analyses the Sales environment with respect to prevailing

Marketing Environment and thus, formulating Sales Budget, setting

Quotas and determining Territories. Evaluate Training Needs,

Motivation & determination of Compensation Package of Sales

Personnel.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO3

Understand the concept Distribution Network, its major constituents,

Channel Partners & Dynamics. Analyze the concurrent distribution

environment and emergence of new ways of distribution using E-

commerce platform.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO4

Apply proper channel design & its management and conflict strategies

for optimizing sales. Evaluate the requirement of resource allocation,

deployment of distribution team and their motivation strategies to meet

desired sales objectives.

3, 5

Apply,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 M L L H H L L

CLO2 M M

M L

H H M M

CLO3 M H L H H M L

CLO4 M L M M H H M H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 101: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

101

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION

MMG3004-MK

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To remember the concept of Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) and its

influence on marketing and other promotional activities.

CO2: To explain the marketing communication process and its role in advertising and brand

promotion.

CO3: To analyze the importance of message design, content and creativity involved in

message designing.

CO$: To explore the various tools of promotion like sales promotion, publicity, public

relations etc. and apply those in real life marketing situations.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand and memorize an Integrated Marketing Communication approach for the

development of overall advertising and promotional plan.

CLO2: Explain and highlight the process of advertising, appeals for advertising, roles,

functions and compensation etc. for advertising agencies.

CLO3: Illustrate the effectiveness of advertisement, legal and ethical issues and importance of

massage designing.

CLO4: Demonstrate the understanding on the characteristics of different forms of marketing

communications such as advertising, sales promotions, public relations, point-of-purchase

communications etc.

CLO5: Investigate and assess the fundamentals of advertising in real life marketing situations

and cases.

UNIT I (12 hours)

Marketing Communication: Objectives of Marketing Communication, Functional areas of

marketing communication. Integrated Marketing Communication (IMC): concepts and

process, Factors contributing to IMC, Role of IMC in branding, IMC Partners, Promotion Mix,

Integrating IMC in Marketing Mix.

UNIT II (10 Hours)

Advertising Management: Meaning, Nature and Scope of Advertising, Classification of

advertising, Process of Advertising, STP Strategies for Advertising, Communication Model

with reference to Advertising, AIDA. Advertising campaigns, Fundamentals of Advertising

Campaigns, Advertising Appeal, Advertising Agencies – their role, functions, organization,

Compensation, client agency relationship.

Page 102: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

102

UNIT III (8 Hours)

Measuring Effectiveness of Advertisement, Legal and Ethical concepts and issues in

Advertising, Advertising Research. Message Design-The Creative concept development; the

creative processes of the different forms of IMC; Source of the message, Message integration

UNIT IV (10 Hours)

Emerging Concepts and Issues in Marketing Communications: Programmatic, native

advertising, video, mobile, digital, Sponsorship, Role of E-Commerce in Marketing

Communication. Corporate advertising, Advertorials and Infomercials. Public Relations –

Types & Tools of PR, Sales Promotion – Different types of Sales Promotion, Publicity – Types

of Publicity, Personal Selling, Direct marketing, Event Management, Unconventional

Promotional methods

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. George E Belch & Michael A Blelch : Advertising and promotion- An integrated Marketing

Communication Perspective-Mc Graw Hill Education, 2014, 10th Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Siraj M Joseph &Rahtz Don R : Integrated Marketing Communication – A Strategic

Approach, engage Learning

R2. Kenneth Clow& Donald Baack : Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing

Communications, Pearson Education, Limited

R3. Borden & Marshall : Advertising Management; MV Taraporevala Sons’ Co

R4. Pvt. Ltd, Richard D Irwin Inc. Homewood, Illinois

R5. Kruti Shah & Alan D’ Souza :Advertsing& promotions an IMC perspective- Mc Graw

Hill education.

Page 103: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

103

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Understand and memorize an Integrated Marketing

Communication approach for the development of overall

advertising and promotional plan.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Explain and highlight the process of advertising, appeals for

advertising, roles, functions and compensation etc. for

advertising agencies.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO3 Illustrate the effectiveness of advertisement, legal and ethical

issues and importance of massage designing.

3,

Apply

CLO4 Demonstrate the understanding on the characteristics of

different forms of marketing communications such as

advertising, sales promotions, public relations, point-of-

purchase communications etc.

3

Apply

CLO5 Investigate and assess the fundamentals of advertising in real

life marketing situations and cases.

4,5

Analyse

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Cour

se

Lear

ning

Outc

omes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSO

s)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1

L L L H H H

CLO2 L L H L H L

CLO3 M L L L H H

CLO4 H L M H L

CLO5 H L H L H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 104: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

104

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR

MMG3005-MK

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the concepts of consumer behavior in an informed and systematic way.

CO2: To examine the psychology of consumers how they think, feel, reason, and select

between different alternatives (e.g., brands, products, and retailers).

CO3: To analyze personal, socio-cultural, and environmental dimensions that influence

consumer decisions making.

CO4: To explain designing and evaluating the marketing strategies based on the information

learned from consumer behavior

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of consumer behavior and its application to marketing.

CLO2: Distinguish between different consumer behaviour influences and their relationships.

CLO3: Apply and analyze dynamics such as personality, perception, learning, motivation and

attitude to the choices consumers make.

CLO4: Analyze the trends in consumer behavior and apply them to the marketing of an actual

product or service.

UNIT-I (10 Hours)

Consumer Behaviour

• Introduction: Introduction: Nature, scope of Consumer Behaviour – Consumer and

Marketing Strategy – Determinants of Consumer Behaviour – Models of consumer

behaviour- (Nicosia, Howard Seth Model, Blackwell Model), Profile of the Indian

Consumer.

• Consumer Decision Making Process- Problem recognition, Search and evaluation,

purchasing process, Post-purchase Behaviour.

• Organizational Buying Behaviour

UNIT- II (11 Hours)

Environmental Influence on Consumer Behaviour:

• Culture-Cultural Values, Cultural Change and Counter cultures, Cross cultural

understanding of Consumer Behaviour.

• Social Class: Measurement & Categorization, Social Class Lifestyles, Social Class &

consumer behaviour

Page 105: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

105

• Social Groups: Classification of Groups, Group Properties, Nature of Influence

Reference group Influence

• Family: Family Life Cycle, Family Purchasing Decisions

UNIT-III

Individual Influence on Consumer Behaviour: (10 Hours)

Personality and Self Concept: Meaning of Personality, influence on Purchase decision.

Motivation and Involvement: Types of buying motives, Motive Hierarchy, Dimensions of

Involvement.

Learning and Memory: Meaning & Principal Elements of Learning, Characteristics of Memory

Systems, Recall.

UNIT- IV (9 Hours)

Consumer Decision Making: Type of decision making & involvement, Information search

pattern & Marketing strategy.

Post Purchase Behavior: Satisfaction/Dissatisfaction-loyalty/nonuse or complaint behavior,

Post purchase dissonance, measuring satisfaction, Handling complaint.

TEXTBOOK:

T1. Loudon &Bitta, Consumer Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill 15th Reprint 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Hawkins, Best, et all, Consumer Behaviour- Building Marketing Strategy, Tata

McGraw Hill- 9th Edition

R2. Schiffman&Kanuk, Consumer Behaviour, PHI-9th Edition

R3. Miniad& Engel, Consumer Behaviour, South Western, 1st Edition

R4. Parson &Mclaran, Contemporary issues in Marketing and Consumer Behaviour,

Butterworth.

R5. Peelen Ed, Customer Relationship Management, Pearson Education- 1st Edition

Page 106: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

106

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define and describe the concepts of consumer behavior and its

application to marketing.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Distinguish between different consumer behaviour influences and

their relationships.

3,4

Apply

Analyze

CLO3 Apply and analyze dynamics such as personality, perception,

learning, motivation and attitude to the choices consumers make.

4

Analyze

CLO4 Analyze the trends in consumer behavior and apply them to the

marketing of an actual product or service.

3, 5

Apply,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 L L M H L H

CLO2 L L M H L H

CLO3 L L M H L H

CLO4 L L M H L H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 107: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

107

Electives:

HUMAN

RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT

Page 108: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

108

HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING AND PERFORMANCE

MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-HR

(40 hours)

Course Objective: CO1: To explain students about Performance Management.

CO2: To understand the concept of competency management and human resource practices in

India.

CO3: To plan the various stages of human resource planning.

CO4: To explain about career planning and succession planning.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concept and various methods of Performance Management.

CLO2: Understand the concept of competency mapping and HRD practices.

CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various stages of Human Resource Planning and its issues

and challenges.

CLO4: Assess and build an environment for Career Planning and Succession Planning.

UNIT-I (10 Hours)

Performance Management

Understanding Performance Management, Elements of the Performance Management,

Performance Planning: Setting Objectives, Performance Evaluation, Potential Problems in

Performance Evaluations, Performance Review, Reward & Recognition.

UNIT- II (08 Hours)

Competency Management& Human Resource Management Practices in India

Introduction to Competency Management, , Competency Framework, Competency-Based HR

Processes, Career Planning & Succession Planning Process, Assessment & Development

Centers, Understanding, HRM Practices in India, Career Management, Role of HR in Career

Management.

UNIT- III (10 Hours)

Human Resource Planning -Introduction, Defining HRP, Activities required for HRP /

Manpower Planning, Responsibilities of the HR Department, Steps in HRP / Manpower

Planning, Application of Industrial Engineering Techniques, Objectives of HRP, Manpower

Demand Forecasting, Macro & Micro Human Resource Planning, HRP Process Outlook, Time

Scale of HRP, Models for better Managerial Judgment Manpower.

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 109: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

109

UNIT- IV (12 Hours)

Career Planning, Development & Succession Planning- Definition of Career, Important

Elements of Career, , Significance & Advantages of Career Development, Objectives of Career

Development, Types of Career Development Program, Different Stages or Cycles of Career,

Development Process, Career Anchors, Career Planning and Career Development, Developing

Career Paths , Steps in the Career Planning process, Future of Career Planning and

Development in India, Succession Planning, New HR Roles & Competencies, HR’s Role as a

Strategic Partner, HR and Six Sigma Practices, HR & Innovation and Creativity, BPO and

HRO, Knowledge management, Lean Management and HRP.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Human Resource Management : Sharon Pandey &SwapnalekhaBasak, Pearson

Publication , ISBN – 978-81-317-6121-2

T2. D K Bhattacharyya , Human Resource Planning, Excel Books India, 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. “Performance Management “ ,Herman Aguinis ,2nd Edition ,Prentice Hall Publication.

R2. Performance Management,” Robert becal”Mc .Graw-Hill Publisher ,1st Edition,-ISBN

-0070718660.

R3. William J. Rothwell, H. C. Kazanas, Planning and Managing Human Resources:

Strategic Planning for Human Resources Management, Human Resource Development, 2003

R4. M.S. Reddy, , Human Resource Planning, Discovery Publishing House, 2005

R5. Monica Belcourt& Ken McBey, Strategic Human Resource Planning [Paperback]

Nelson College Indigenous; 4 edition

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Define and describe the concept and various methods of

Performance Management.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand the concept of competency mapping and HRD

practices.

2

Understand

CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various stages of Human Resource

Planning and its issues and challenges.

4 ,5

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Assess and build an environment for Career Planning and

Succession Planning.

5,6

Evaluate,

Create

Page 110: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

110

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M H H M M H H H H

CLO2 H M M M L H M M H H

CLO3 H M M M M H M H L H H

CLO4 H M M M H M H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 111: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

111

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & LABOUR LAWS

MMG3004-HR

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To describe fundamental laws, policies, programs, and skills related to developing

organization's human capital.

CO2: To understand the nature of effective employee and labour relations and their importance

to business operation and society.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Critically analyze the role of trade unions and compare the main state specialized

agencies in India.

CLO2: Exemplify the uses and implications of legal provisions for human resources in an

Industry.

CLO3: Identify and examine the importance of voluntarism as a dispute resolution mechanism

of long standing importance and effectiveness in the workplace.

CLO4: Assess the implications of current and intended legislation plus contemporary decisions

of various adjudicating bodies on an organization's personnel policies, practices and

procedures.

CLO5: Illustrate that labour law does not always present a humanitarian solution to people

problems, the personnel policies, practices and devise procedures of an organization so as to

be legally compliant at all times.

UNIT – I (8 Hours)

Industrial Relation: Concept, Scope and Approaches to Industrial Relations‐ Unitary,

Pluralistic, and Radical approach, Industrial Relations Systems(IRS), Evolution of IR in India

; Role of State; Trade Union; Employers' Organization; ILO in IR, Technological Change in

IR-Employment issues

UNIT – II (8 Hours)

Collective Bargaining : Concept, meaning and objectives, Approaches, technique & Strategies

to collective Bargaining, Process of Collective Bargaining, Impact of Collective Bargaining.

Labour turnover; Absenteeism; Workers' participation in management. International

Dimensions of IR.

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

Page 112: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

112

Labour Legislations I: Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Factories Act 1948, Trade Union Act

1926, Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946.

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

Labour Legislations II: Payment of Wages Act, Payment of Bonus Act, Minimum Wages

Act, Workmen's Compensation Act, Employees' State Insurance Act, Payment of Gratuity Act,

Employees Provident Fund Act. Maternity Benefit Act

TEXT BOOKS:

T1.Dynamics of Industrial Relations, Mamoria CB, Mamoria, Gankar, Himalayan

Publications.

T2. Dynamics of Industrial Relations by R K Suri T N Chhabra, Pentagon Press.

T3. Industrial Relations: Emerging Paradigms, B. D. Singh, Excel Books,

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Srivastava SC, Vikas Publishing House.

R2. Industrial Relations, ArunMonappa, McGraw Hil,

R3. Industrial Relations Systems, John T. Dunlop, Harvard Business School Press,

R4. Industrial Relations,TradeUnions,andLabour Legislation, P. R. N. Sinha, Pearson

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Critically analyze the role of trade unions and compare the main

state specialized agencies in India.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Exemplify the uses and implications of legal provisions for

human resources in an Industry.

1

Remember

CLO3 Identify and examine the importance of voluntarism as a dispute

resolution mechanism of long standing importance and

effectiveness in the workplace.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4 Assess the implications of current and intended legislation plus

contemporary decisions of various adjudicating bodies on an

organization's personnel policies, practices and procedures.

5

Evaluate

CLO5 Illustrate that labour law does not always present a humanitarian

solution to people problems, the personnel policies, practices

and devise procedures of an organization so as to be legally

compliant at all times.

3,5

Apply,

Evaluate

Page 113: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

113

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M L L L H L H H

CLO2 H L M H M H L H H

CLO3 M H M L L H M H H

CLO4 H L H L H M H H

CLO5 H L L H L H M H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 114: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

114

TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT

MMG3005-HR

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To expose the learner to the Concept and practice of training and development in the

modern organizational setting.

CO2: To enable the students to understand the concept, principles and process of training and

development.

CO3: To develop an understanding of how to assess training needs and design training

programmes in an organizational setting.

CO4: To familiarize the students with the levels, tools and techniques involved in evaluation

of training effectiveness.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the concept of training skills and learn the need and process of training.

CLO2: Identify problems and provide solution to enable competencies related to organization.

CLO3: Develop and design the training program and measure the effectiveness of training

programme.

CLO4: Evaluate the training materials and analyze the budgeting of training program.

UNIT I (10 Hours)

Introduction to training concept- Definition, meaning, need for training, Importance of training,

Objectives of training, Concepts of education, training and development, overview of training

functions, types of training.

UNIT II (10 Hours)

Process of training - Steps in training, identification of job competencies, criteria for

identifying training needs (person analysis - task analysis– organization analysis)–assessment

of training needs – methods and process of needs assessment.

UNIT III (10 Hours)

Designing and implementing a training program - Trainer identification, methods and

techniques of training, Evaluation of Training Program - Kirk Patrick model of evaluation –

CIRO model

UNIT IV (10 Hours)

Page 115: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

115

Designing a training module (cross cultural– leadership training the trainer

change),management development program – budgeting of training cost benefit cost

benefit analysis, ROI of training analysis – ROI of training.

TEXT BOOK:

T1. B. Taylor & G. Lippitt: Management Development and Training Handbook.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. William E.Blank, Handbook For Developing Competency Based Training

Programmes, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey.

R2. David A. DeCenzo& Stephen P.Robbins: Fundamentals Of Human Resource

Management

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the concept of training skills and learn the need

and process of training.

1,2

Remembering,

Understanding

CLO2 Identify problems and provide solution to enable competencies

related to organization.

3

Applying

CLO3 Develop and design the training program and measure the

effectiveness of training programme.

6

Creating

CLO4 Evaluate the training materials and analyze the budgeting of

training program.

Analyzing

Evaluating,

Page 116: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

116

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSO

s) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H H L L M H H H M H

CLO2 M L M L M M M M L M M

CLO3 H M M L L L M L M H H

CLO4 H M L M M H M L M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 117: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

117

Electives:

FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT

Page 118: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

118

SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

MCM3004-FM

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To examine various alternative investment techniques, theory behind the science of

investments, techniques of securities valuation, and kinds of financial markets.

CO2: To illustrate the various portfolio management strategies available to the investment

manager.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand and remember concept of portfolio management and techniques and

application of techniques in real life experience.

CLO2: Critically evaluate portfolio management techniques and adapt them to specific

portfolio problems.

CLO3: Assess and infer recommendations for portfolio construction, based on the requirements

of a client.

CLO4: Examine knowledge across business disciplines.

UNIT-I (10Hours)

Introduction:

The Investment Environment, Financial Markets, Investment Alternatives, Trading Procedure,

Investment Approaches, Structure of Securities Market, Participants in Security Market,

Regulatory Mechanism: SEBI and its Guidelines; Investor Protection.

Concept and Measurement of Risk & Return. Market Efficiency, Empirical Evidence on

Security Returns. EMH & its implications for investment decision. Adaptive Markets

Hypothesis (AMH) as an Alternative to the Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH)

UNIT-II (10 Hours)

Valuation of Equity:

Nature of equity instruments, Equity Valuation Models. Approaches to equity valuation:

Technical Approach: Overview of Concept & Tools Used Fundamental Approach: Economy,

Industry and Company Analysis.

Fixed Income Securities:

Nature of Bonds, Bond Prices and Yields, Term Structure of Interest Rates, Managing Bond

Portfolio, Bond Theorem.

Page 119: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

119

UNIT-III (10 Hours)

Portfolio Theory & Equilibrium in Capital Markets:

Portfolio Return & Risk, Efficient Frontier, Optimal Portfolio, Risk-less Lending & Borrowing,

Optimal Risky Portfolio, Capital Asset Pricing Model, Single-Index and Multifactor, Models,

Arbitrage Pricing Theory,

UNIT-IV (10 Hours)

Portfolio Management: Portfolio Management Process, Approaches to Portfolio

Construction, Determinants of Objectives, Choice of Asset Mix, Formulation of strategy,

Portfolio Execution, Portfolio Evaluation and Portfolio Revision. Portfolio Management and

Performance Evaluation: Performance Evaluation of Existing Portfolio: Sharpe, Treynor,

Jenson, Fama Measures.

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management – Prasanna Chandra, 4/e, TMH, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Security Analysis & Portfolio Management- Kevin S, 10/e, PHI, 2011.

R2. Investments – ZviBodie, Kane, Marcus &Mohanty, 8/e, TMH, 2010.

R3. Investment Science- Luenberger, 1st Edition, OUP, 2012

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Understand and remember concept of portfolio management,

techniques and application of techniques in real life

experience.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Critically evaluate portfolio management techniques and

implement them to specific portfolio problems.

5

Evaluate

CLO3 Assess and infer recommendations for portfolio construction,

based on the requirements of a client.

4,5

Analyze

Evaluate,

CLO4 Examine knowledge across business disciplines. 5

Evaluate

Page 120: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

120

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H H H H M H M

CLO2 M H M L H H H H H H

CLO3 M M H L H H H M L M

CLO4 M H H H M M H H M H

Page 121: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

121

TAXATION & TAX PLANNING

MCM3005-FM

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To describe basics of Income Tax Act and its implications for effective Tax planning.

CO2: To explain laws of taxation and be able to implement tax planning and management.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the meaning and scope of tax policy and types of taxes.

CLO2: Develop an idea about Salary, house property, Profit and gains of business or

profession, capital gain and income from other source among students.

CLO3: Illustrate set-off and carry forward of losses.

CLO4: Examine the causes of tax evasion and tax avoidance along with methods adopted by

countries to curb tax evasion and avoidance.

UNIT I: (8 Hours)

Basic Concepts: Income, agricultural income, casual income, assessment year, previous year,

gross total income, total income, person; Basis of Charge: Scope of total income, residence and

tax liability, income that does not form part of total income

UNIT II: (12 Hours)

Heads of Income: Salaries; Income from house property; Profit and gains of business or

profession, including provisions relating to specific business.

UNIT III: (12 Hours)

Capital gains; Income from other sources. Computation of Tax Liability: Computation of total

income and tax liability of an individual, Set-off and carry forward of losses; Deduction from

gross total income.

UNIT IV: (8 Hours)

Tax evasion, avoidance, and tax planning, Tax Management: Tax deduction at source; Advance

payment of tax; Tax planning for individuals.

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Prasad, Bhagwati: Income Tax Law &Practice ; Wiley Publication, New Delhi

REFERENCES BOOKS:

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 122: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

122

R1.Singhanai V.K: Students' Guide to Income Tax; Taxmann, Delhi.

R2.Mehrotra H.C: Income Tax Law &Accounts; SahityaBhawan, Agra.

R3.DinkerPagare: Income Tax Law and Practice; Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.

R4. Girish Ahuja and Ravi Gupta: Systematic approach to income tax; SahityaBhawan

Publications, New Delhi.

R5. Chandra Mahesh and Shukla D.C.: Income Tax Law and Practice; Pragati Publications,

New Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description Blooms Taxonomy

Level

CO1: Understand the meaning and scope of tax policy and types of taxes. 2

Understand

CO2: Develop an idea about Salary, house property, Profit and gains of business

or profession, capital gain and income from other source among students.

6

Create

CO3: Illustrate set-off and carry forward of losses. 3

Apply

CO4: Examine the causes of tax evasion and tax avoidance along with methods

adopted by countries to curb tax evasion and avoidance.

5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOS and PSOs:

Course

Learning

Outcomes

(CLO):

Programme Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Programme

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O 1

PL

O 2

PL

O 3

PL

O 4

PL

O 5

PL

O 6

PL

O 7

PL

O 8

PL

O 9

PL

O 1

0

PL

O 1

1

PL

O 1

2

PS

O 1

PS

O 2

PS

O 3

CO 1 H L L L H H H

CO 2 L M M H M H H

CO 3 H M H H H

CO 4 H L M H H M H

H: High, M: Medium, L: Low

Page 123: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

123

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING

MCM3006-FM

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives: CO1: To explain financial and management accounting techniques as an essential part of the

decision- making process in the total business information system.

CO2: To demonstrate the various tool and techniques that are available with the managers in

taking decisions.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and Understand the conceptual framework of Management Accounting;

identification of differences elements of cost and preparation of cost sheet.

CLO2: Understand the concept of marginal cost and marginal costing and calculate the cost-

volume-profit analysis and break-even analysis using mathematical and graphical approaches;

and application in businesses.

CLO3: Analyze and apply budgetary control system and standard costing system as tools of

managerial planning and control. Calculation of variances in respect of each element of cost

and sales; control ratios.

CLO4: Understand and implement Responsibility accounting, Activity based accounting and

Transfer pricing.

UNIT - I (8 Hours)

Introduction: Need, nature and scope of Management Accounting, Comparison of

Management Accounting and Cost Accounting, classification and analysis of cost, Elements

of cost - Materials, Labour and overheads and their allocation and apportionment, Preparation

of cost sheet

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Marginal Costing: Marginal Costing versus Absorption Costing, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis

and P/V Ratio Analysis and their implications, Concept and uses of Contribution & Breakeven

Point, types of decision-making like single product pricing, multi product pricing, replacement,

sales etc.

Differential Costing and Incremental Costing: Concept, uses and applications, Methods of

calculation of these costs and their role in management decision making like sales, replacement,

buying etc.

.

Page 124: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

124

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

Budgeting: Concept of Budget, Budgeting and Budgetary Control, Types of Budget, Static and

Flexible Budgeting, Preparation of various budgets like Cash Budget, Sales Budget, Production

Budget etc., Essentials of budgetary control system, Organisation for budgetary control,

Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary Control.

Standard Costing: Concept of standard costs, Establishing various cost standards, Calculation

of material variance, labour variance, and overhead variance, and its applications and

implications.

UNIT - IV (8 Hours)

Responsibility Accounting & Transfer Pricing: Concept and various approaches to

Responsibility Accounting, Concept of investment center, cost center, profit center and

responsibility center and its managerial implications, Absorption Costing

New Concepts for Decision Making: Activity Based Costing, Cost Management, Value Chain

Analysis, Target Costing & Life Cycle Costing : Concept, Strategies and applications of each.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Pandey I M - Management Accounting (Vikas, 2004, 3rd Ed.)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Vij-Management Accounting (Excel Books)

R2. Balakrishnan _ Managerial Accounting (Wiley Dreamtech)

R3. Alex –Cost Accounting (Pearson)

R4. Khan and Jain - Management Accounting (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000)

R5. Sinha- Accounting and Costing for Management (Excel Books)

R6. Horngren et al - Introduction to Management Accounting (Prentice hall, 2002, 12th

edition

Page 125: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

125

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1

Remember and Understand the conceptual framework of Management

Accounting; identification of differences elements of cost and preparation of

cost sheet.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Understand the concept of marginal cost and marginal costing and calculate

the cost-volume-profit analysis and break-even analysis using mathematical

and graphical approaches; and application in businesses.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Analyze and apply budgetary control system and standard costing system as

tools of managerial planning and control. Calculation of variances in respect

of each element of cost and sales; control ratios.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Understand and implement Responsibility accounting, Activity based

accounting and Transfer pricing.

2, 3

Understand

Apply

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 M M H L

CLO2 H M H L H M

CLO3 H H L H L H M

CLO4 H H L H L L M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 126: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

126

Electives:

OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT

Page 127: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

127

LOGISTICS & DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

MMG3003-OM

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the basic framework Distribution center (DC) and its significance in

achieving firm’s objectives.

CO2: To describe various concepts, models and decision-making tools pertaining to supply

chain network design

CO3: To design and develop suitable distribution network.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and understand the strategic role of Logistics and Supply chain Management in

the cost reduction and offering improved service to the customers.

CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various financial products and services available in capital

market.

CLO3: Analyze and apply the methods of supply chain management and logistics management.

CLO4: Design and develop suitable distribution network/channel suitable for the success of

the business.

UNIT I (8 Hours)

Factors governing the location of distribution centers: qualitative factors Quantitative

factors in the context of strategic , tactical and operational issues.

Decision models for Supply Chain (SC) performance efficiency and responsiveness: Data

Envelopment Analysis (DEA)

UNIT II (12 Hours)

Modelling of distribution center location: Optimization of DC location using mixed integer

programming, Heuristics methods. Vehicle Routing, Minimum Spanning and Travelling

salesman problem: Optimization algorithms and heuristic methods.

UNIT III: (12 Hours)

Decision models for performance evaluation of suppliers: Supply Chain Operations

Reference (SCOR) Model, Analytic Hierarchy Process, Analytic Network Process.

Strategic, Tactical and Operational Analysis of Distribution Networks in Supply Chains:

Framework, optimization and heuristic approaches

UNIT IV: (8 Hours)

Page 128: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

128

Analysis of Logistics Management: Qualitative factors in logistics management by road,

sea and air in the national and international arena. Decision models for reverse logistics and

green supply chain management

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Sople, Logistics Management. Pearson, India.

T2. Chopra, S., &Meindel, P. (2007). Supply Chain Management –Strategy, Planning

and Operation. 3rd Edition. Pearson/PHI

T3. Shapiro, J. F. (2001). Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Heragu, Sundaresh, Facilities Design, 1997, PWS Publishing Company, Boston.

R2. Shapiro, Jeramy. Modeling the Supply Chain, 2001, Duxbury Thomson Learning,

Pacific Grove, California, USA.

R3. Levi, S. D. et al. (2003). Second Edition. Designing and Managing the Supply

Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies. Tata McGraw-Hill.

R4. Christopher, M. (2000). Second Edition. Logistics & Supply Chain Management:

Strategies for Reducing Cost & Improving Service. Pearson, India

R5. Agrawal, D. K. Supply Chain Management-Strategy, Cases & Best Practices.

Macmillan.

R6. Shah, J. Supply Chain Management- Text and Cases. Pearson, India

Page 129: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

129

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Define and understand the strategic role of Logistics and

Supply chain Management in the cost reduction and

offering improved service to the customers.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand and illustrate the various financial products

and services available in capital market.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Analyze and apply the methods of supply chain

management and logistics management.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4

Design and develop suitable distribution network/channel

suitable for the success of the business. 6

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M L

CLO2 H L M M L

CLO3 H M L H M L H M

CLO4 H M L H M L H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 130: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

130

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

MMG3004-OM

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand of the principles of the project lifecycle and how to identify opportunities

to work with learners on relevant and appropriate project scenarios for higher throughput

CO2: To understand the common issues that arises in a project and learns how to avoid some

of the common problems that arise in project management

CO3: To construct the knowledge and skills necessary to function in a project management

environment and apply the skills learned immediately to the efficiency of the business

operation

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and explain the concept and attributes of projects, project management

system, process and its principles.

CLO2: Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that can be used for decision

making in project management.

CLO3: Analyse and apply project appraisal and estimate shadow prices and social discount

rate.

CLO4: Examine project risk and performance assessment and evaluate project management

techniques.

UNIT - I (9 Hours)

Concept of a project. Importance of project management. Project management structure: types

and factors affecting its choice. Importance of organizational culture in project management.

UNIT - II (11 Hours)

Steps in project definition. Cost and time estimates for projects. Process of developing a project

plan. Activity – on - node analysis. Practical issues in project planning.

UNIT -III (8 Hours)

Project constraints. Resource allocation methods. Resource scheduling. Critical chain

approach. Project cost-duration graph. Methods for reducing project duration.

UNIT- IV (12 Hours)

Managing project stakeholders. Project teams: creation, management and problems. Project

monitoring information systems. Indices of progress measurement. Developing status reports.

TEXTBOOK:

T1. Gray, Larson and Desai: “Project Management”, 2010, Tata McGraw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Prasanna Chandra “Project planning and Implementation”, 2009, Tata McGraw Hill

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 131: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

131

R2. Scott Berkun- “Making Things Happen: Mastering Project Management”- Oreilly

R3. Punmia&Khandelwal- “Project Management and Control with PERT & CPM”-

LaxmiPublications.

R4. Gray, Larson & Desai- “Project Management: The Managerial Process” - Tata McGraw

Hill.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Remember and explain the concept and attributes of

projects, project management system, process and its

principles.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that

can be used for decision making in project management.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Analyse and apply project appraisal and estimate shadow

prices and social discount rate.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Examine project risk and performance assessment and

evaluate project management techniques.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M L

CLO2 H M M M L

CLO3 H M L L H M L H M

CLO4 H M L L H M L H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 132: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

132

PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL

MMG3005-OM

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives: CO1: Demonstrate tools for production planning and control. Scheduling, operations planning,

forecasting, assessing and managing demands. Give insights into capacity planning and

innovative thought processes like KANBAN and JIT.

CO2: To apply the fundamentals of inventory management tools to relevant problems

CO3: Analyze and solve the development needs in a production planning and control systems

CO4: Formulate a production plan and understands the dynamics between/among the factors

affecting the plan

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and understand the various components and functions of production planning

and control such as work study, product planning, process planning, production scheduling.

CO2: Examine and Determine the resources requirements for a specified production plan and

prepare a capacity plan using capacity requirements planning procedures.

CO3: Apply the principles and techniques for planning and control of the production and

service systems to optimize/make best use of resources.

CO4: Develop an integrated framework for strategic thinking and decision making to analyze

the enterprise as a whole with a specific focus on the wealth creation processes

UNIT -I (12 Hours)

• Important concepts and issues in production planning and control

• Manufacturing vs. service operations

• Categories of processes

• Information flows and operations

• Forecasting

UNIT -II (8 Hours)

• Sales and operations planning: concept, design, approaches and strategies

• Concept of Master Schedule; its methodology and types

• Sources of demand. Demand management

UNIT- III (12 Hours)

• Inventory management: basic concepts and types of inventory

• The EOQ model. Quantity based vs. time based reorder models

• Inventory control issues

• Materials Requirement Planning: concepts; Bill of materials

• Lot sizing rules. Issues in MRP.

UNIT- IV (8 Hours)

Page 133: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

133

• Capacity management: definitions and measures of capacity; approaches to capacity

management.

• Production Activity control: work prioritizing, scheduling and loading

• Lean production, JIT and Kanban

TEXT BOOK:

T1. S N Chapnam, “Fundamentals of production planning and control”, 2009, Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. S K Mukhopadhyay, “Production planning and control: text and cases”, 2004, Pearson

R2. Burke, “Project Management- planning and control techniques” - Wiley

R3. Bolton, “Production Planning and Control”, Dorling Kindersley

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define and understand the various components and functions

of production planning and control such as work study,

product planning, process planning, production scheduling.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Examine and Determine the resources requirements for a

specified production plan and prepare a capacity plan using

capacity requirements planning procedures.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO3 Apply the principles and techniques for planning and control

of the production and service systems to optimize/make best

use of resources.

3

Apply

CLO4 Develop an integrated framework for strategic thinking and

decision making to analyze the enterprise as a whole with a

specific focus on the wealth creation processes

6

Create

Page 134: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

134

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learnin

g

Outcom

es

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M L

CLO2 H M M L

CLO3 H M L L H M L H M

CLO4 H M L L H M L H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 135: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

135

Electives:

INTERNATIONAL

BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

Page 136: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

136

INTERNATIONAL TRADE

MMG3003-IB

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives: CO1: To analyze the relevance of various trade theories/models.

CO2: To understand deep current issues in International Trade.

CO3: To apply economic tools to analyze diversity of issues in the international economy.

CO4: To remember the threats of globalization and international risks associated with various

areas of business.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the basics of International Trade Evaluate the different theories of trade to

explain the concepts. Analysis the international reasons for continuous growth of International

Trade.

CLO2: Understand the international Trade Policies, Evaluate the impact of the stages of

globalization, Analyze impact of international regional groupings around the world, the various

foreign exchange regimes and its impact.

CLO3: Analyse the world financial environment. Understanding the risk associated with the

global business transaction, evaluate the consequences of globalization, the international

lending risks

CLO4: Understand the Growth strategies around the world, Analyze the concept of

international reserves, remember the threats and consequences of Globalization

Unit I [10 Hours]

Background for International Business Economics : Globalization and International Business

– The Emergence of Global Institutions – Drivers of Globalizations - The Globalization Debate

- The Gains from Trade - Foreign Trade Multiplier - Balance of Payments

The International Trade Theory : The Law of Comparative Advantage – The– Demand and

Supply, Offer Curves, and the Terms of Trade – Factor Endowments and the Heckscher – Ohlin

theory – Implications of Trade Theories - Economics of Scale, Imperfect Competition, and

International Trade

Unit II [12 Hours]

International Trade Policy : Trade Restrictions - Tariffs , Non-Tariff Trade Barriers - Tariff vs.

Quota - The New Protectionism – Economic Integration - Custom Unions and Free Trade Areas

- Major Regional Trade Agreements

Foreign Exchange : Foreign Exchange Market – Types of Foreign Exchange Transactions –

Reading Foreign Exchange Quotations – Forward and Futures Market – Foreign-Currency

Page 137: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

137

Options – Exchange Rate Determination – Arbitrage – Speculation and Exchange-Market

Stability.

Unit III [08 Hours]

World Financial Environment: Global Foreign – Exchange Markets – Economic Theories of

Exchange Rate Determination - International Regime for FDI and MNC- Do Global

Corporations Pose a Threat? - Consequences of Economic Globalization

Unit IV [10 Hours]

International Banking : Reserves, Debt and Risk : Nature of International Reserves – Demand

for International Reserves – Supply of International Reserves – Gold Exchange Standard –

Special Drawing Rights – International Lending Risk – The Problem of International Debt –

Financial Crisis and the International Monetary Fund – Eurocurrency Market

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. International Economics Theory and Policy , 6/E Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld,

Pearson Education

T2. International Economics, 9/E, Robert Carbaugh, Cengage – South Western

T3. International Business , 12/E, John Daniels, Lee Radebaugh, Daniel Sullivan and

Prashant Salwan, Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Pugel, Thomas, International Economics, 13th edition, McGraw-Hill-Irwin, 2007.

R2. Friedman, Thomas, The World is Flat, 2nd edition, Farrar, Strauss and Giroux, New

York, 2006

R3. Edward Leamer, editor, International Economics, Worth Series in Outstanding

Contributions, Worth Publishers, 2001

R4. Jagdish N. Bhagwati, Arvind Panagariya, and T. N. Srinivasan, Lectures on

International Trade, second edition (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998).

R5. Paul R. Krugman, Rethinking International Trade (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1990).

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

Page 138: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

138

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Understand t h e b a s i c s o f I n t e r n a t i o n a l

T r a d e Evaluate the different theories of trade to

explain the concepts. Analysis the international reasons

for continuous growth of International Trade

2, 5,4

Understand,

Evaluate,

Analyze

CLO2 Understand the international Trade Policies, Evaluate the

impact of the stages of globalisation, Analyze impact of

international regional groupings around the world, the

various foreign exchange regimes and its impact.

2, 5,4

Understand,

Evaluate,

Analyze,

CLO3 Analyse the world financial environment.

Understanding the risk associated with the global

business transaction, Evaluate the consequences of

globalization, the international lending risks

4,2, 5

Analyze,

Understand,

Evaluate

CLO4 Understand the Growth strategies around the world,

Analyze the concept of international reserves,

Remember the threats and consequences of

Globalization,

2, 4,1

Understand,

Analyze,

Remember

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M M L M H M L M

CLO2 H M M M L M H M L M

CLO3 H M L M L M H M L M

CLO4 H M L M L M H H L M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 139: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

139

EXPORT MANAGEMENT & DOCUMENTATION

MMG3004-IB

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objective: CO1: To provide a process for selection of a product to be exported using various criteria

enlisted in the framework.

CO2: To know the concept of the distribution channel, its related aspects and how the disputes

settlement takes place.

CO3: To gain understanding of finance related aspects of export management including price

fixing mechanism and support offered by E.C.G.C.

CO4: To know insights about the legal aspects of export documentation, related paperwork and

agencies involved in the process.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify the process of right selection of a product for export by analyzing the criteria

for it.

CLO2: Evaluate the distribution channels for export and inspect the various intricacies

involved in the process.

CLO3: Evaluate the framework for financing of export and other associated issues

CLO4:Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the use of differential

calculus.

UNIT- I (12 Hours)

Selecting a product for export:

• Choosing a Product & Methods of Identifying Export Winners

• Suitability of a Product for A company

• Selecting Products for Manufacturing and Export

• Selection of Export Markets, Criteria for Grouping Countries

UNIT- II (8 Hours)

Identifying Export Distribution Channels and Making the Export Sales Contract:

• Concept of Distribution Channels, International Channels Distribution

• Agents in Exporting, Methods of Locating and Selecting an Agent

• Signing the agreement, Nature of Exports Sales Contract, Incoterms

• Settlement of Disputes, Terms of Payment in Export

UNIT- III (8 Hours)

Export Finance and Pricing

• Pre-shipment Finance, Post-shipment Finance, Special Financial Facilities

• Organizational support for export- Export Import Bank of India, E.C.G.C.

• Export Pricing, Mechanism of Price Fixation

• Benefits to India Exports.

Page 140: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

140

UNIT- IV (12 Hours)

Formalities of registration and Export Documentation

• Intricacies of Naming the Enterprise

• Forms of Ownership

• Opening a Bank Account, General Registrations, Registrations with RBI, Registration

with Licensing Authorities, Registration with Appropriate EPC’ /CB’s

• Defining Export Documentation, Main Commercial Documents, Additional

Commercial Documents, and Statutory Documents for Export’s Country, Statutory

Documents for Imports Country and Documents for Claiming Export Benefits

TEXTBOOK:

T1. Cherunilam, F - International Trade and Export Management (Himalaya, 2007)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Monika Kothari, Export Promotion measures in India, Deep & Deep Publications

R2. Varshney R.L, Bhattacharya B-International Marketing Management (Sultan Chand &

Sons, 9th Ed.)

R3. Govt. of India - Hand Book of Export Import Policy 2002-2007 (Ministry of

Commerce, India)

R4. Keegan J Warren – Global Marketing Management (Pearson, 7th Ed.)

COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO DESCRIPTION BLOOM’S

TAXONO

MY

LEVEL

CLO1 Identify the process of right selection of a product for export by

analyzing the criteria for it.

3

Apply

CLO2 Evaluate the distribution channels for export and inspect the various

intricacies involved in the process.

5

Evaluate

CLO3 Evaluate the framework for financing of export 5

Evaluate

CLO4 Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the use

of differential calculus.

3

Apply

Page 141: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

141

Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs

COURSE

LEARN--

ING

OUT-

COMES

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

SpecificO

utcomes(P

SOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M L L H

CLO2 H H L L H

CLO3 H L L H

CLO4 H L M H H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 142: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

142

INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS

MMG3005-IB L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To identify market segment and the official formalities and documentation required for

export.

CO2: To explain documentation, logistics, and transportation of export management.

Prepare appropriate export documents and responses to requests for quotation.

Apply export processes and procedures to public, customer and employee relationships.

CO3: To apply export processes and procedures to such functional areas as finance and

accounting.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and understand the general concepts of logistics information to better

analysis of distribution channels, starting from producers to customers.

CLO2: Define and explain the concepts of supply chain management form raw materials supply

to finished good delivery to the end users; to learn the re-engineering of existing logistics

networks.

CLO3: Analyze and apply the knowledge of logistics in designing suitable marketing channel

for international trade and to suitably design a packaging.

CLO4: Develop and use a suitable logistics by considering global trends in logistics

information such as the information systems application is provided.

Unit I: Logistics & Marketing (10 Hours)

Logistics: Definition, Evolution, Concept, Components, Importance, Objectives; Logistic

Subsystem; The work of Logistics; Integrated Logistics; Barrier to Internal Integration.

Marketing and Logistics

Customer Focused Marketing; Basis for International Trade, Process, Importance; International

Marketing Channel: Role of Clearing Agent, Various Modes of Transport, Choice and Issues

for Each Mode, Transport Cost Characteristics.

Unit II: Inventory Management and Packaging (12 Hours)

Inventory Management: Introduction, Characteristics, Functionality, Components, Planning;

Packaging and Packing: Labels, Functions of Packaging, Designs, Kinds of Packaging;

Packing for Transportation and Marking: Types of Boxes, Container, Procedure, Cost, Types

of Marking, Features of Marking

Containerization: Genesis, Concept, Classification, Benefits and Constraints;

Chartering: Kinds of Charter, Charter Party, and Arbitration

Page 143: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

143

Unit III: Supply Chain Management (10 Hours)

Supply Chain definition –Objectives, Types, Drivers, Need for SCM, SCM as a profession,

SCM decisions and skills, Strategy formulation in SCM, Value in Supply Chain, Tradeoffs,

CRM Strategy relationship matrix: Strategic Sourcing, Source evaluation, collaborative

perspective, Buyer- Supplier Relationship, Partner Selection, develop of Partnership

Unit IV: (08 Hours)

Supply Chain Management and profitability, quality management, mass customization and

globalization, ethical Supply Chains, e-business and SCM, Balanced Score Card,

Benchmarking, Performance measurement, SCM software packages

Text Books:

T1. Mohanty R.P, S.G Deshmuki “Supply Chain Management” Biztantra, New Delhi

T2. Donald J .Bowerson; “ Logistic and Supply Chain Management”Prentice Hall of India

Reference Books:

R1. MultiahKrishnaveni; “Logistic Management and World Sea Borne Trade, Himalaya

Publication

R2. Bowersox, Closs, Cooper; “Supply Chain Logistics Management”, McGraw Hill.

R3. Burt, Dobbler, Starling; “ World Class Supply Management”, TMH.

R4. Donald J Bowersox, David J Closs; “ Logistical Management”, TMH

R5. Pierre David, “International Logistics”, Biztantra.

R6. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl; “Supply Chain Management” ,Pearson Education, India.

Page 144: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

144

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will

be able to:

CLO Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Remember and Understand the general concepts of logistics

information to better analysis of distribution channels, starting

from producers to customers.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Define and explain the concepts of supply chain management

form raw materials supply to finished good delivery to the end

users; to learn the re-engineering of existing logistics

networks.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO3

Analyze and Apply the knowledge of logistics in designing

suitable marketing channel for international trade and to

suitably design a packaging.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4

Develop and use a suitable logistics by considering global

trends in logistics information such as the information systems

application is provided.

3, 6

Apply,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H L M M L

CLO2 H L M M L

CLO3 H M L L M H M L H M

CLO4 H M L L M H M L H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 145: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

145

Electives:

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

AND

FAMILY BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

Page 146: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

146

BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

MMG3001-ET

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the concept and importance of Business Plans for success

CO2: To comprehend the various components of planning and thrust areas.

CO3: To develop confidence in drafting a business plan.

CO4: To critically evaluate business plans and implement in business practices.

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Describe the concept of Business Plans and their pervasive nature encompassing all

facets of operations

CLO2: Differentiate between plans and strategy and understanding their role in facing

competition and developing the route ahead

CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt for framing of Executive summary for Business Planning

CLO4: Explain the relevance of industry and competitor analysis and development of a

strategic plan.

CLO5: Formulate the Business Plan and related activities of data collection, analysis and

compilation for objective achievement.

CLO6: Evaluate the business plan from the Investor’s Perspective

Unit 1- (10 Hours)

Introduction to Business Plan: Business Plan – Concept, need, use. Business planning

overview - Business planning as a change agent - Idea brainstorming session - Understanding

motivations for preparing a plan - Raising money, Clarifying the company’s future, Launching

a new venture, Searching for partners, Plotting against the competition, Recruiting.

Unit 2- (10 Hours)

Key elements of a Business Plan: Executive summary - Business description - Industry

analysis and trends - Competitive analysis - Target market - strategic position – risk assessment

- Market strategies - Design and development plan - Technology plan -management and

organization - Financial factors - Financial features - sales, profits, cash flows and return on

investment - Financial requirements - loan, equity source of collateral - Current business

position- Relevant information about the company, its legal form of operation, when it was

formed, the principal owners and key personnel - Major achievements - developments within

the company that are essential to the success of the business.

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 147: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

147

Unit 3- (10 Hours)

Writing a Business plan: Objective of writing the business plan - Research other business

plans - Collect Information - press releases, related articles, Trade and industries associations

- industry journals, Internet, government sources and statistics - offline research resources -

library - historical financials, important web sites. Evaluating data- benefits of market study -

coverage of market study. Put it down on paper - brainstorming – Preparation of rough draft,

Compilation of information, research to support the claims and writing the final draft.

Unit 4- (10 Hours)

Evaluating the Business Plan from the Investor’s Perspective:

Opportunity identification/ uniqueness quotient, classification of the idea / industry,

assessment of the target market, Customer evaluation, compensation mapping, time

appropriateness and speed of implementation. Risk Assessment: Possible uncertainties and

their management.

Text Books:

T1. Jerome Katz , Richard P. Green, 4th Edition, Entrepreneurial Small Business, McGraw-

Hill Education

T2. J. Mullins and R. Komisar, (2009), Getting to Plan B, Harvard Business Press, Boston,

Massachusetts

Reference Books:

R1. David Butler, Thompson, (2008), Business Planning: A guide to Business Start-up,

Butterworth-Heinemann, MA.

R2.Rhonda Abrams, John Doe, Fifth Edition (2010), The Successful business Plan Secret

Strategies, Planning Shop

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

Page 148: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

148

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the concept of Business Plans and their pervasive nature

encompassing all facets of operations 2

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between plans and strategy and understanding their

role in facing competition and developing the route ahead 2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt for framing of Executive summary for

Business Planning 3

Apply

CLO4 Explain the relevance of industry and competitor analysis and

development of a strategic plan. 3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO5 Formulate the Business Plan and related activities of data

collection, analysis and compilation for objective achievement. 3,5

Apply

Evaluate

CLO6 Evaluate the business plan from the Investor’s Perspective 5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program

Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program

Specific

Outcomes(PS

Os)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1

H H H H M L H M H H

CLO2 H H H M M M H M H M

CLO3 H H H H M M M M M H

CLO4 M H H M L H M H M M

CLO5 H H H M M L M M M M

CLO6 H H H M M M H M L M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

CREATIVITY AND CHANGE IN ORGANIZATIONS

Page 149: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

149

MMG3002-ET

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the critical thinking process, nurturing team work and change

CO2: To understand the importance of change and fostering entrepreneurial leadership and

institutional culture

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Describe the process of change and its key dimensions

CLO2: Differentiate between creativity and innovation and their role in implementing change

CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt in promoting critical thinking in individuals

CLO4: Explain the groups dynamics involved in implementing change

CLO5: Formulate the role of a leader as harbinger of change

CLO6: Evaluate the internal environment for establishing change mechanisms

Unit 1- (10 Hours)

The Process of Change, Creativity & Innovation: Organizational Change – Definition &

Key Dimensions, Factors that Promote Change, Creativity & Innovation, Theories of

Innovation and Levels & Types of Innovation, The age of Creativity, Creativity & National

prosperity, Creative Industries & potential for growth.

Unit 2- (10 Hours)

The Individual – Promoting Critical Thinking: Cognitive factors - Implications for HRM,

Personality Traits - Implications for HRM, Knowledge – Explicit & Implicit, Informal and

Tacit, Knowledge for creativity - Implications for HRM, Motivation – Types of Motivation.

The Group – Nurturing Team Work: Difference between groups and teams, Motivation of

joining teams, Team Development process, reasons for team failure, Blind conformity, Group

Think, Social loafing. Team Inputs - size, longevity, task, Knowledge, Skills and Abilities

(KSAs), Resourcing of the team, Team composition.

Unit 3- (10 Hours)

The Leader – Promoting New Ideas at Work: Defining Leadership, Difference between

Managers and Leaders, Ingredients of Leadership, Trait approaches to Leadership, Behavioural

approaches to Leadership, Managerial Grid, Contingency theories – Fiedler model, Hersey

Blanchard situational theory, Leader participation model, Push-Goal Theory. Transformational

and transactional leadership. Charismatic and Visionary Leadership. Leading change,

creativity & Innovation.

Unit 4- (10 Hours)

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 150: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

150

The Internal Environment – Orchestrating Structure, Systems and Resources; The

Balanced Score Card – Value Creation and Performance management. Organizational

Structure – work specifications, departmentalization, chain of command, span of control,

centralization and decentralization, Formalization. Situational factors – Corporate Strategy,

Organizational Size and Environmental uncertainty. Structural forms – Traditional and

contemporary forms. Organizing for change, creativity and innovation - Goal Setting and

reward Systems. Organizational Culture – Enabling a culture for creativity.

Text Book:

T1.Patrick Dawson, Constantine Andriopoulos, (2014), Managing Change, Creativity &

Innovation, Sage Publications

Reference Books:

R1. Allan Afuah, Innovation Management, Fifth Edition, Oxford University Press

R2.ShlomoMaital and D.V. R Seshadri, Innovation Management: Strategies, Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit, Sage Publications, New Delhi, (2007)

R3. John Adair, Neil Thomas, (2006), The Concise Adair On Creativity And Innovation,

Viva Books Private Limited

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Describe the process of change and its key dimensions 2

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between creativity and innovation and

their role in implementing change

4

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt in promoting critical

thinking in individuals

3

Apply

CLO4 Explain the groups dynamics involved in

implementing change

2,

Understand

CLO5 Formulate the role of a leader as harbinger of change 6

Create

CLO6 Evaluating the internal environment for establishing

change mechanisms

5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Page 151: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

151

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M H M M L L M H

CLO2 M M H M M M L H H

CLO3 M H H M M M M H H

CLO4 H M H H M M L M H

CLO5 H M H H M M M M H

CLO6 H M H H M M M

M

H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 152: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

152

MANAGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

MMG3003-ET

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To expose the participants to the basic concepts of IPRs, their coverage and scope.

CO2: To provide some insights into the strategic role of IPRs in the current Indian context

CO3: To generate understanding of issues relating to the management of IPRs

Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Describe the concept and theories of property

CLO2: Differentiate between property and intellectual property

CLO3: Identify the application of Patent Law and other associated legal terms and their purpose

CLO4: Explain the relevance trademarks, their need and procedural requirements

CLO5: Formulation of Industrial Designs, the protection offered by them and requirements

CLO6: Evaluate the role of International institutions in protection of intellectual property

Unit 1- (10 Hours)

Concept of Property vis-à-vis Intellectual Property: Overview of Concept of Property and

Theories of Property , Theories of Intellectual Property Rights, Intellectual Property as an

Instrument of Development , Need for Protecting Intellectual Property- Policy Consideration-

National Perspectives and International demands. Types of Intellectual Property- Origin and

Development- An Overview. Intellectual Property Rights as Human Right. Intellectual

Property Rights in the Cyber World.

Unit 2- (10 Hours)

Patent Law: Introduction to Patent Law, Paris Convention, Patent Cooperation Treaty, WTO-

TRIPS, Harmonization of CBD and TRIPs. Indian Patent Law - The Patents Act, 1970 ,

Amendments to the Patents Act , Patentable Subject Matter, Patentability Criteria, Procedure

for Filing Patent Applications, Patent Granting Procedure, Revocation, Patent Infringement

and Remedies , Relevant Provisions of the Biological Diversity Act, 2002 , Access and Benefit

Sharing Issues

Unit 3- (10 Hours)

Trademarks: Introduction to Trademarks , Need for Protection of Trademarks, Kinds of

Trademarks , International Legal Instruments on Trademarks , Indian Trademarks Law, The

Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 - Trademarks Act, 1999, Procedural Requirements of

Protection of Trademarks, Content of the Rights, Exhaustion of Rights , Assignment under

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 153: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

153

Licensing, Infringement, Right of Goodwill, Passing Off , Domain Names and Effects of New

Technology (Internet).

Unit 4- (10 Hours)

Industrial Designs: Need for Protection of Industrial Designs, Subject Matter of Protection

and Requirements, The Designs Act, 2000, Procedure for obtaining Design Protection,

Revocation, Infringement and Remedies.

Role of International Institutions: World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) ,

Function of WIPO , Membership of WIPO , Agreement between the WIPO and the WTO ,

Dispute Settlement- New Treaties.

Text Books:

T1. D. Andriessen, (2003), Making Sense of Intellectual Capital. Designing a Method for the

Valuation of Intangibles. Butterworth Heinemann.

T2. Neeraj Pandey (Author), KhushdeepDharni ,(2014), Intellectual Property Rights, Prentice-

Hall of India Pvt.Ltd

T3.Stewart, Thomas A.(1997), Intellectual Capital: The New Wealth of Organizations,

Nicholas Brealey, London.

Reference Books:

R1.M. Venkataraman, First Edition(2014), An Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights

R2. B.L. Wadehra, Fifth Edition (2016), Law Relating to Intellectual Property, Universal Law

Publishing

R3.P Narayanan, (2017), Intellectual Property Law, Eastern Law House

R4. Sveiby, K. E. (1997), The New Organizational Wealth: Managing & Measuring

Knowledge-Based Assets. Berrett-Koehler Publishers, San Francisco

R5. Edvinsson, L. and Malone, M.S. (1997). Intellectual Capital: Realizing your company’s

true value by finding its hidden brainpower, Harper, New York.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able

Page 154: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

154

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Describe the concept and theories of property

2

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between property and intellectual property

4

Analyze

CLO3 Identify the application of Patent Law and other associated legal

terms and their purpose 1

Remember

CLO4 Explain the relevance trademarks, their need and procedural

requirements 2

Understanding

CLO5 Formulation of Industrial Designs, the protection offered by them

and requirements 6

Create

CLO6 Evaluate the role of International institutions in protection of

intellectual property 5

Evaluating

Page 155: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

155

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes (PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M L L L L H M M

CLO2 M L L M L H M M

CLO3 M L M L H H L H

CLO4 M L L M M H M M

CLO5 M M L M M H

M H

CLO6 L M M M H H M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 156: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

156

OPEN

ELECTIVE/VALUE

ADDED COURSES

Page 157: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

157

TALENT ACQUISITION AND MANAGEMENT

MMG3001-OE/MMG3001-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Learning Objectives:

CO1: To discuss the issues from two perspectives: managing talent in organizations as well as

managing one’s own talents as an individual.

CO2: To explain negotiation problems that managers may face in decision-making processes; for

example, the hiring negotiation, the promotion negotiation, the firing decision, and HR-relevant

cross-cultural negotiation issues.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Recall and understand the importance of attraction, acquisition and retention of talent in

organizations.

CLO2: Organize the talent management process with business strategy and create opportunities for

them.

CLO3: Assess decision related to negotiation in HR issues and develop talent in organization as

well as managing own talent as an individual.

CLO4: Discuss and evaluate the negotiation problem related to cross cultural issues.

Unit I (8 hours)

Introduction to Talent Management: Introduction, Meaning & Objectives, Role of Talent

Management in building sustainable competitive advantage to a firm, Key Processes of Talent

Management, Recruitment, Selection, Human Resource Planning, Retention, Talent vs. knowledge

people, Source of Talent Management, Consequences of Failure in Managing Talent, Some

suggestive tools for Managing Talent.

Unit II (12 hours)

Talent Acquisition: Job analysis-Method of collecting information, developing questionnaires,

interviews, developing job description & job specification. Developing HR planning process (using

MS-Excel and quantitative tools), Evaluation of factors affecting HRP, Strategic view of

recruitment & selection, Talent Acquisition, Recruitment Process, Strategic Trends in Talent

Acquisition, Talent acquisition management solutions.

Unit III (12 hours)

Employee Engagement: Preparing recruitment plan, E-recruitment (using various job portals),

searching & downloading applicant profile by using job portals, selecting recruitment source,

preparing recruitment budget, employer branding, formulating a recruitment strategy (specifically

for Managerial/Executive jobs),Selection process, Use of assessment centers, selection errors &

minimizing selection errors, Reliability & Validity tests, Choosing the types of interviews.

Page 158: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

158

Unit IV (8 hours)

Employee Retention: Comprehensive approach to Retaining employees, Managing Voluntary

Turnover, dealing with Job Withdrawal, Strategic Compensation plan for Talent Engagement,

Defining the Elements of Total Rewards, Integrated Rewards Philosophy, Designing Integrated

Rewards, Sustainable Talent Management and Reward Model.

Text Books:

T1. Dessler Gary, A Framework for Human Resource Management, Pearson Publication, 7th

Edition.

T2. Dessler Gary, VarkkeyBiju, Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, Pearson

Publication,14th Edition

Reference Books:

R1. Rao VSP, Human Resource Management, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi

R2. K.Aswathappa – Human Resources and Personnel Management, Tata McGraw Hill

R3. Robbins SP, Timothy A, Judge &SanghiSeema, Organizational Behaviour, Pearson

Education, New Delhi ,13th edition.

R4. Lance A Berger, Dorothy R Berger,Talent Management Hand Book, McGraw Hill

R5. Hasan, M., Singh, A. K., Dhamija, S. (eds.), Talent management in India: Challenges and

opportunities, Atlantic Publication

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Recall and understand the importance of attraction,

acquisition and retention of talent in organizations.

1. 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Organize the talent management process with business

strategy and create opportunities for them.

3, 6

Apply,

Create

CLO3 Assess decision related to negotiation in HR issues and

develop talent in organization as well as managing own

talent as an individual.

5

Evaluate

CLO4 Discuss and evaluate the negotiation problem related to

cross cultural issues.

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate

Page 159: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

159

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H H M H H L H H

CLO2 H M M M M M L M M

CLO3 M M M M H L M H H

CLO4 H H M M M M L M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 160: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

160

CONFLICT AND STRESS MANAGEMENT

MMG3002-OE/MMG3002-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To familiarize students about the concept of Stress .

CO2: To enable students to understand about prevention of stress.

CO3: To outline the various types and levels of conflict.

CO4: To provide an insight about conflict resolution techniques.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concept of stress and its advantages and disadvantages..

CLO2: Understand the various measures of preventing from stress.

CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various types of conflicts and their consequences.

CLO4: Create an environment for Team building and evaluate various ways of conflict

resolution.

UNIT I (10 Hours)

UNDERSTANDING THE NATURE OF STRESS

The Meaning of Stress, The Body’s Reactions to Stress, Sources of Stress Across the Lifespan,

Adaptive and Maladaptive Behavior, Individual and Cultural Differences, Challenging Stressful

Thinking, Problem Solving and Time Management,. Psychological and Spiritual Relaxation

Methods, Physical Methods of Stress Reduction, Preparing for the Future: College and

Occupational Stress

UNIT II (10 hours)

Preventions of Stress:

The Body’s Reactions to Stress Chapter, Sources of Stress across the Lifespan Individual and

Cultural Review, Problem Solving and Time Management, Psychological and Spiritual Relaxation

Methods, Physical Methods of Stress Reduction, Preparing for the Future: College and

Occupational Stress

UNIT III (10 Hours)

Understanding Conflicts:

Understanding conflict, components, perspectives of conflict, types of conflict, functional &

dysfunctional conflict, relationship between conflict and performance in team, levels of conflict –

intrapersonal, interpersonal, group & organizational conflicts, sources of conflict - intrapersonal,

interpersonal, group & organizational sources,Nature of conflict Management, conflict

management process

Page 161: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

161

UNIT IV (10 Hours)

Managing interpersonal conflict:, behavioral style and conflict handling, dealing with difficult

subordinates, boss & colleagues, .Managing team & organization conflict: techniques to resolve

team conflict, strategies to resolve organizational conflict, effective listening and dialogue skills,

humor and conflict resolution, negotiation as a tool for conflict resolution, Environmental conflict

resolution, gender and conflict resolution. Assessing the cost of workplace conflict

Text Books:

T1. Folkman, S. (2010). The Oxford handbook of stress, health, and coping. Oxford

University: Oxford

T2. Roy Lewicki, David Saunders, John Minton, Negotiation (Irwin, 1999). (LSM in

Schedule.)

Reference Book:

R1. William W. Wilmot & Joyce L. Hocker, Interpersonal Conflict, 6th Edition (McGraw-

Hill, 2001).

Course Learning Objectives:: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define and describe the concept of stress and its advantages and

disadvantages.

1.2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand the various measures of preventing from stress.

2. 3

Understand ,

Apply

CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various types of conflicts and their

consequences.

4 ,5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Create an environment for Team building and evaluate various

ways of conflict resolution.

5,6

Evaluate ,

Create

Page 162: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

162

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M H L H M M H H L H

CLO2 H M M M M L H M M

CLO3 H M M M M M H M H M M

CLO4 H M L M M H M

Page 163: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

163

BRAND MANAGEMENT

MMG3003OE/MMG3003-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To develop understanding about brand management concepts and its frameworks and how

these strategies are applied to build strong image amongst various stakeholders.

CO2: To provide conceptual framework for managing brands strategically.

CO3: To emphasize the role of brands, the concept of brand equity and the advantages of creating

strong brands

CO4: To provide insights into how to create profitable brand strategies by building, measuring and

managing brand equity.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the fundamentals of brand management to real world situations.

CLO2: Identify the different types of brand elements and classify the general criteria for choosing

brand elements.

CLO3: Apply and analyze the brand management activity across the overall organizational context.

CLO4: Evaluate contemporary brand related problems and develop appropriate strategies and

initiatives.

UNIT I [09 Hours]

Brand: Concept, Importance of brands Branding challenges and opportunities, Brand equity

concept, Strategic brand management process, Identifying and establishing brand positioning,

Measuring and interpreting brand performance, Brand Equity Models: Brand Asset Valuation,

Aaker Model, BRANDZ ,Brand Resonance

UNIT II [09 Hours]

Customer based Brand equity, Brand knowledge, Sources of brand equity - Brand Awareness,

Brand Image, The Four steps of brand building, Creating customer value, Identifying and

establishing brand positioning, Positioning guidelines

.

UNIT III [11Hours]

Choosing brand elements to build brand equity, Options and tactics for Brand, New perspectives

on marketing, Integrating marketing communication to build brand equity, Conceptualizing the

leveraging process, Co- branding, Celebrity Endorsements

UNIT IV [11Hours]

The Brand value chain, Designing brand tracking studies, Growing and Sustaining Brand Equity:

Brand architecture, Brand hierarchy, Designing brand strategy, New products, Brand extensions-

advantage and disadvantage, Reinforcing brands, Revitalizing brands, Brand failures.

Page 164: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

164

Text book:

T1.Strategic Brand Management: Building, Measuring and Managing Brand by Keller, Kevin

Lane &Parameswaran M.G., Pearson, 4th Edition.

Reference books:

R1.Doole Strategic Brand Management by J N Kapferer, Kogan Page, 4th Edition.

R2. Building Brand Equity by Aaker Pearson Education, New Delhi .

R3. Lessons from the World’s Strongest Brands: Best Practice Case byKeviKare Keller, 3rd

Edition.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Define and describe the fundamentals of brand management

to real world situations.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Identify the different types of brand elements and classify

the general criteria for choosing brand elements.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO3 Apply and analyze the brand management activity across the

overall organizational context.

3,4

Apply

Analyze

CLO4 Evaluate contemporary brand related problems and develop

appropriate strategies and initiatives.

5,6

Evaluate,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M L M H H H

CLO2 M L M H H H

CLO3 M L M H H H

CLO4 M L M H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 165: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

165

DIGITAL MARKETING

MMG3004-OE/MMG3004-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To explain insight of how to implement marketing in a digital world.

CO2: To understand the traditional and new communication/marketing approaches to create

competitive advantage in the digital world.

CO3: To Interpret the traditional marketing mix within the context of a changing and extended

range of digital strategies and tactics.

CO4: To analyze cross-cultural and ethical issues in globalized digital markets.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Analyze the confluence of marketing, and operations, in real-time delivery.

CLO2: Explain emerging trends in digital marketing and critically assesses the use of digital

marketing tools by applying relevant marketing theories and framework

CLO3: Comprehend the importance of conversion and working with digital relationship marketing.

CLO4: Analyze cross-cultural and ethical issues in globalized digital markets.

UNIT I: [9 Hours]

Introduction to internet and WWW, technology including security, Introduction to digital

marketing and e-commerce: Business models, Business Models on the Web. Benefits of Digital

marketing, Digital marketing platforms and Strategies, Comparing Digital with Traditional

Marketing, Defining Marketing Goals of Digital Marketing, Latest Digital marketing trends, Case

studies of Digital Campaigns

UNIT II [10 Hours]

Website Designing, branding, banner ads, affiliate marketing, Paid search, search engine

optimization (SEO), comparison of shopping engines. Email, RSS, podcasting, Blogs, Viral,

Wikis, CRM. Auctions, Portals.

UNIT III [11 Hours]

Email Marketing, Lead Generation, Google AdWords, Google Analytics, Facebook Marketing,

LinkedIn Marketing, Twitter Marketing ,Video Marketing, Instagram marketing, Pinterest

Marketing, Online Display Advertising

UNIT IV [10 Hours]

Ecommerce Marketing, Mobile Web Marketing, Content Marketing, Online Reputation

Management, Affiliate Marketing Basics ,Ad sense & Blogging

Web Analytics & Marketing Metrics: Understanding Digital Analytics, Acquisition,

Engagement and Conversion Analysis, Measuring Social Impact, Multi-Touch Analytics, Mobile

Analytics, The Future of Digital Analytics: Big Data: use and need.

Page 166: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

166

Text Books

T1.Fundamentals of Digital Marketing by Puneet Singh Bhatia, Pearson, 2017

T2. Direct and Digital Marketing in Practice by Brian Thomas, Matthew Housden

Reference Book:

R1.Wiki Brands – Reinventing Your Company In A Customer Driven Market Place, Sean

Moffitt and Mike Dover, TMGH.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Analyze the confluence of marketing, and operations, in real-

time delivery.

4

Analyze

CLO2 Explain emerging trends in digital marketing and critically

assess the use of digital marketing tools by applying relevant

marketing theories and framework

2,

Understand

CLO3 Comprehend the importance of conversion and working with

digital relationship marketing.

4

Analyze

CLO4 Analyze cross-cultural and ethical issues in globalized digital

markets.

4

Analyze

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learni

ng

Outco

mes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M H H L

CLO2 H L H

CLO3 H M H

CLO4 M H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 167: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

167

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

MMG3005-OE/MMG3005-VA L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To explain students with the practice of and principles behind derivative instruments.

CO2: To describe derivatives markets for options, futures and swaps and will be able to appreciate

the role played by these modern financial instruments in hedging, speculation and arbitrage.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and understand the emerging structure of derivatives market in India and

various types of financial derivatives like forward, options, Swaps, convertible, warrants, etc.

CLO2: Understand and discuss the concept of margins and their types like initial margin and

maintenance margins and how do margins flow from investor or trader to clearinghouse.

CLO3: Describe and illustrate the various types of futures contracts like interest rate futures,

foreign currency futures, stock index futures, bond index futures, etc.

CLO4: Calculate and know how to value swap as pair of bonds and/or as series of forward contracts

and how to hedge interest rate risk and exchange rate risk through swaps.

UNIT- I (10 Hours)

Financial Derivatives

• Introduction, Definition of Financial Derivative , Features, Types of Derivatives, Basic

Financial Derivatives, History of Derivatives Market, Use of Derivatives, Critiques of

Derivatives.

• Traders in Derivative Markets, Factors contributing to the growth of Derivatives

• Financial Derivatives Market in India

• Forward contract, Features of Forward contract, Classification of Forward Contracts

UNIT- II (10 Hours)

Future Market, Contracting & Pricing

• Introduction, Financial Futures contracts, Types of Financial Futures Contracts, Evolution

of Futures Market in India, Operators/Traders in Future Market, Functions and growth in

Future Market, Future Market trading Mechanism,

• Theories of Future prices

• Hedging Concepts – Long, Short and Cross

• Forward Prices Vs Future Prices

UNIT- III (10 Hours)

Option Market: Pricing and Trading Mechanism

• Introduction, concept, Types, Distinction between option and futures contracts, option

valuation, Determinants of option pricing

• Black – Scholes option pricing model

• Binomial Option pricing model

• Hedging with option

UNIT- IV (10 Hours)

Swap Market: Pricing and Trading Mechanism

Page 168: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

168

• SWAP: Introduction, concept, Nature, Evolution, Features, Types of Swaps, Pricing in

swaps, trading system in swap market.

• Over view of Commodity Derivatives

Textbook:

T1. Hull &Basu “Options, Futures and Other Derivatives”, Pearson 7th Ed., 2010.

Reference Books:

R1. Financial Derivatives – Theory, Concepts and problems – Gupta – PHI

R2. Derivatives and Risk Management – Srivastav – Oxford

R3. Options and Futures, Patwari and Bhargava, Jaico

R4. Risk Management and Derivatives – Stulz – Cengage

R5. Derivatives and Risk Management – Varma – TMH

R6. Introduction to Derivatives, Johnson, Oxford

R7. Financial Derivatives – B. Mishra / S.S. Debashis – Excel Books

R8. Financial Derivatives – Kumar – PHI

R9. Derivatives Simplified, Bhaskar, Mahapatra, Sage

R10. Mastering Derivatives Markets, Taylor, Pearson

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Remember and Understand the emerging structure of

derivatives market in India and various types of financial

derivatives like forward, options, Swaps, convertible,

warrants, etc.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Understand with and discuss the concept of margins and their

types like initial margin and maintenance margins and how

do margins flow from investor or trader to clearinghouse.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO3

Describe and illustrate the various types of futures contracts

like interest rate futures, foreign currency futures, stock index

futures, bond index futures, etc.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4

Calculate and know how to value swap as pair of bonds and/or

as series of forward contracts and how to hedge interest rate

risk and exchange rate risk through swaps.

1,3

Remember,

Apply

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Page 169: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

169

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M L

CLO2 H L M M L

CLO3 H M L H L H M

CLO4 H M L H L H M

Page 170: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

170

BEHAVIOURAL FINANCE

MMG3006-OE/MMG3006-VA L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives: CO1: To demonstrate the student the new field of behavioural finance.

CO2: To know that investors behave in a rational, predictable and an unbiased manner.

CO3: To explain how investors’ interpret and act on available, fallible information.

CO4: To identify persistent or systematic behavioural factors that influence investment behavior.

Course Learning Outcome:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and Explain behavioral corporate finance, considering financial, investment

and dividend policy decisions and contrasting traditional and behavioral approaches.

CLO2: Understand and apply the main concepts, research tools and methodologies of behavioral

finance that help to reveal biases, heuristics, etc. in the decision making process on individual,

corporate and financial market level.

CLO3: Explain and analyze how psychological factors influence both individual investors and

markets. Also Apply generally established concepts to describe and analyse trade, risk and

liquidity in financial markets.

CLO4: Demonstrate effective financial decision-making in risky market settings.

UNIT - I (10 Hours)

Behavioural Finance: Nature, Scope, Objectives and Significance & Application. History of

Behavioural Finance, Psychology: Concept, Nature, Importance, The psychology of financial

markets, The psychology of investor behaviour, Behavioural Finance Market Strategies, Prospect

Theory, Loss aversion theory under Prospect Theory & mental accounting—investors Disposition

effect .

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

Building block of Behavioural Finance, Cognitive Psychology and limits to arbitrage. Demand by

arbitrageurs: Definition of arbitrageur; Long-short trades; Risk vs. Horizon; Transaction costs and

short-selling costs; Fundamental risk; Noise-trader risk; Professional arbitrage; Destabilizing

informed trading (positive feedback, predation), Expected utility as a basis for decision-making.

The evolution of theories based on expected utility concept

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

Elsberg’s paradoxes, Rationality from an economics and evolutionary prospective. Different ways

to define rationality: dependence on time horizon, individual or group rationality. Herbert Simon

and bounded rationality. Demand by average investors: Definition of average investor; Belief

biases; Limited attention and categorization; Non-traditional pReference Books: – prospect theory

and loss aversion; Bubbles and systematic investor sentiment.

UNIT - IV (10 Hours)

External factors and investor behaviour: Fear & Greed in Financial Market, emotions and financial

markets: geomagnetic storm, Statistical methodology for capturing the effects of external influence

onto stock market returns.

Text Book:

T1. Bisen pandey-Learning Behavioural Finance(Excel Books)

Page 171: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

171

Reference Books:

R1. Finding Financial Wisdom in Unconventional Places (Columbia Business School

Publishing)

R2. A History of Financial Speculation: Edward Chancellor

R3. Forbes- Behavioural Finance (Wiley India)

R4. The Little Book of Behavioral Investing (Montier)

R5. The Psychology of Persuasion (Collins Business Essentials

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Remember and Explain behavioral corporate finance,

considering financial, investment and dividend policy

decisions and contrasting traditional and behavioral

approaches.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Understand and apply the main concepts, research tools

and methodologies of behavioral finance that help to

reveal biases, heuristics, etc. in the decision making

process on individual, corporate and financial market

level.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Explain and analyse how psychological factors influence

both individual investors and markets. Also Apply

generally established concepts to describe and analyse

trade, risk and liquidity in financial markets.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Demonstrate effective financial decision-making in risky

market settings. 3

Apply

Page 172: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

172

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learnin

g

Outcome

s

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program

Specific

Outcomes(P

SOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M L

CLO2 H M L M H L

CLO3 H M L H L H M

CLO4 H H L H L H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 173: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

173

TOURISM MANAGEMENT

MMG3007-OE/MMG3007-VA L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To explain tourism management using a system approach that integrates avariety of

hospitality and travel organizations and businesses.

CO2: To describe tourism from the perspectives of travelers and destinations, while identifying

tourism's economic, socio-cultural, and environmental impacts on communities.

CO3: To demonstrate cultural and environmental sensitivity through an appreciation for various

forms of diversity in our worlds

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and understand the conceptual and theoretical basis of various tourism products and

resources in general and to understand the various tourism resources.

CLO2: Understand and apply various marketing functions and techniques related to tourism and

their applications to real life situations.

CLO3: Discuss and examine the need and essentials of tourism planning for the sustainable growth

of tourism industry and make them aware about the role of sustainable tourism in the changing

global scenario.

CLO4: Critically analyze the different impact of tourism on society, culture and environment.

UNIT – I (10 Hours)

Tourism phenomenon

Understanding Tourism, Growth & development of Tourism, India’s Bio-diversity, Landscape,

Environment & Ecology, Main center of Tourism interest in India and abroad.

Tourism Industry - Major & Minor Components

Components of Tourism Industry- Attraction, Transportation, Accommodation, Refreshment,

Shopping, Entertainment, Infrastructure & Hospitality.

UNIT – II (8 Hours)

Tour Operator and Travel Agency Business

Air Transport, Railways, Road, Sea & water ways, History of Travel agencies , Role & functions

of Travel agencies. Role and functions of Indian and International Tour Operators & Travel

Agencies, Major national and international Tour Operators & T ravel Agencies, Importance and

role of tourist Guides and Escorts.

UNIT – III (10 Hours)

Tourism Organistations – Assocations& Types

Role & functions of WTO, ASTA, Role & functions of UFTAA, Role & functions of PATA, &

IATA, Importance of tour operations, Major national and international tour operators, Importance

& role of tourist guides , Accommodation, Supplementary accommodation, Types of Tourism

Resources – Sports, Cultural, Nature Based, Historical & Adventure.

Page 174: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

174

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

Travel Formalities and Regulations

Passports: function, types, issuing authority, procedure for obtaining Passport, VISAS: functions,

type, issuing authority, procedure for obtaining VISA, Other travel legislations.

Foreign Exchange

Countries and currencies, procedure for obtaining foreign exchange, foreign exchange counters,

customs formalities, immigration etc.

Tourism Marketing

Concepts and importance of Tourism marketing, Marketing Functions in Tourism, Tourism

marketing Mix, Tourism marketing Segmentation, Tourism Pricing, Tourism Promotion,

Tourism Advertising.

Text Book:

T1. Basics of Tourism Management, Suddhendu Narayan Misra and Sapan Kumar, Excel Books.

Reference Books:

R1. Hotels for tourism development, Dr. JagmohanNegi, Metropolitan

R2.Introduction to tourism, P.N. Seth, Sterling

R3.Tourism: Principles & Practices, Sampadkumar Swain, Oxford University Pres s

R4.Tourism Marketing, ManjulaChoudhary, Oxford University Press

R5.Managing Tourism & Hospitality Services, Bruce Prideaux, GiannaMoscardo, Eric Laws,

Cabi Publication

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Define and understand the conceptual and theoretical basis of

various tourism products and resources in general and to

understand the various tourism resources.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Understand and apply various marketing functions and

techniques related to tourism and their applications to real

life situations.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Discuss and examine the need and essentials of tourism

planning for the sustainable growth of tourism industry and

make them aware about the role of sustainable tourism in the

changing global scenario.

3,4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Critically analyze the different impact of tourism on society,

culture and environment.

5

Evaluate

Page 175: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

175

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learnin

g

Outcom

es

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M M L

CLO2 H M M L H L M L

CLO3 H M M L H L H M

CLO4 H M M H H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 176: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

176

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ANALYTICS

MMG3008-OE/MMG3008-VA L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives: CO1: To understand principles of BI and Analytics at conceptual level

CO2: To understand application areas for implementing BI and Analytics

CO3: To develop skills to design BI and Analytics projects

CO4: To illustrate knowledge of basic statistical tools & techniques with emphasis on their

application in Business decision process and Management.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and understand concept and need for Business Intelligence, BI basics and

Infer Case studies.

CLO2: Understand and implement Business Analytics at Strategy level and Analytical level

using BA tools and techniques.

CLO3: Design and develop physical Database and supporting DW/BI system.

CLO4: Understand the basic concept of Business Intelligence and functioning of its tools to

support the business decision process. Assess and devise BI applications in different business

domains.

UNIT – I [8 Hours]

Business Intelligence: Definition, concept and need for Business Intelligence, Case studies BI

Basics: Data, information and knowledge, Role of Mathematical models

UNIT – II [12 Hours]

Business Analytics at the strategic level: Strategy and BA , Link between strategy and Business

Analytics, BA supporting strategy at functional level, dialogue between strategy and BA functions,

information as strategic resource

Business Analytics at Analytical level : Statistical data mining, descriptive Statistical methods,

lists, reports, automated reports, hypothesis driven methods, data mining with target variables,

cluster analysis, Discriminate analysis, logistic regression, principal component analysis.

UNIT – III [8 Hours]

Business Analytics at Data Warehouse: Level Designing physical database , Deploying and

supporting DW/BI system

UNIT – IV [12 Hours]

Business Intelligence Architectures: Cycle of Business Intelligence Analysis, Development of

Business Intelligence System, spread sheets, concept of dashboard, OLAP, SOA, decision

engineering.

BI Tools: Concept of dashboard.

BI Applications in different domains- CRM, HR, Production

Text Book:

T1. Decision Support and Business Intelligence Systems, Turban, Sharda, Delen, Pearson.

Page 177: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

177

Reference Books:

R1. Business Intelligence Success Factors Tools for aligning your business in the global

economy by Olivia Parr Rud, John Wiley and sons , 2009

R2. The Profit impact of Business Intelligence by Steve Williams and Nancy Williams ,

Morgan Kauffman Publishers/ Elsevier, 2007

R3. Business Intelligence: Practices, Technologies, and Management- Rajiv Sabherwal, Irma

Becerra-Fernandez

R4. Business Analytics for Managers : Taking Business Intelligence beyond reporting by

GERT H.N. Laursen, Jesper Thorlund, Wiley and SAS Business Series, 2010

COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Remember and understand concept and need for Business

Intelligence, BI basics and Infer Case studies.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand and implement Business Analytics at Strategy level and

Analytical level using BA tools and techniques.

2,3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Design and develop physical Database and supporting DW/BI

system.

2, 6

Understand,

Create

CLO4 Understand the basic concept of Business Intelligence and tools to

support the business decision process. Assess and devise BI

applications in different business domains.

2, 5, 6

Understand,

Evaluate,

Create

Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs receiving

COURSE

LEARN--ING

OUT-COMES

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H L H L M H

CLO2 H M M L H M H

CLO3 H L M L H H H

CLO4 H H M H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 178: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

178

E-COMMERCE TECHNOLOGY

MMG3009-OE/MMG3009-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: Gain an understanding of basic concepts, theories, and business models underlying e-

commerce.

CO2: Apply e-commerce theory and concepts to what e-marketers are doing in "the real world."

CO3: Improve familiarity with current challenges and issues in e-commerce.

CO4: Identify advantages and disadvantages of technology choices such as merchant server

software and electronic payment options.

CO5: Discuss the issues facing businesses that are considering worldwide marketing of their

products and services.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the E-commerce framework, history, advantages and disadvantages.

CLO2: Assess in-depth knowledge of e-commerce business models and managing an e-

enterprise.

CLO3: Demonstrate and develop clear, concise, thoughtful and good understanding of electronic

payment system and its types.

CLO4: Categorize and compare a good understanding of e-marketing and its types.

CLO4: Determine the future trends in e-commerce and distinguish various technologies and

examine complex business problems to solve problems in various e- commerce activities like

sales, payment, marketing, auction, etc

UNIT- I (10 Hours)

Introduction to E-Commerce: Introduction to E-commerce, Difference between E-

commerce & E-business, History of E-commerce, Need, Roles, Advantages and Disadvantages

of E-commerce, Types of E-Commerce, Value chain in E-business, Unique features of E-

commerce technology, Messaging and information distribution.

UNIT- II (10 Hours)

E-Commerce Business Models: Framework for E-commerce, E-commerce consumer

behavior model, Key elements of business model, Discussion on major business models: B2C,

B2B & C2C, E-Commerce Enablers.

UNIT- III (10 Hours)

Technology & Infrastructure for E-commerce: Internet and its influence on industry structure,

Building an E-commerce web site, Choosing server software and hardware for an E-commerce

site, Online security issues, Electronic payment systems.

Page 179: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

179

UNIT- IV (10 Hours)

Application and Use of E-commerce in Business: Professional E-commerce Services,

Comparisonfor E-commerce sales, Online store Builder Capabilities, E-commerce Software

platforms for small business, Revolutionization of E-commerce & shopping, Advertising on

the internet, marketing and

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Bharat Bhasker,“Electronic Commerce–Frame work technologies and Applications”, 3rdEdition. Tata McGrawHill Publications, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. KamleshK.Bajaj and Debjani Nag,“E-commerce- the cutting edge of Business”, 2ndedition, TataMcGrawHill Publications, 2009.

R2. Kenneth C. Laudon and Carol GuercioTraver,“E-commerce,”4thedition, Pearson, 2008.

R3. Ravi Kalakota and Andrew B. Whinston, “Electronic Commerce”, DIANE Publishing

Company.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the E-commerce framework, history,

advantages and disadvantages.

1,2

Remember

Understand

CLO2 Assess in-depth knowledge of e-commerce business models

and managing an e-enterprise.

5

Evaluate

CLO3 Demonstrate and develop clear, concise, thoughtful and

good understanding of electronic payment system and its

types.

2,3

Understand ,

Apply

CLO4 Categorize and compare a good understanding of e-

marketing and its types.

4,5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO5 Determine the future trends in e-commerce and distinguish

various technologies and examine complex business

problems to solve problems in various e- commerce

activities like sales, payment, marketing, auction, etc

4,5

Analyze,

Evaluate

Page 180: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

180

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs

)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M H H H

CLO2 H M M H H H

CLO3 H M H H H

CLO4 H M M H H H

CLO5 M M M M M

H: High, M: Medium, L: Low

Page 181: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

181

IV SEMESTER

Page 182: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

182

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

MMG4001

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To explain the basic concepts, principles and practices associated with strategy formulation

and implementation.

CO2: To understand the strategic decisions that organizations make and build up ability to engage

in strategic planning.

CO3: To analyze the unifying picture of the organization, as something greater than the sum of its

parts.

CO4: To analyze the firm and its immediate environment and to evaluate strategic options for

competitive advantage.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the integrative model of strategic management process that defines basic

activities in strategic management and evaluate the real life company’s environmental factors.

CLO2: Understand the essence of formulating strategies and strategic plans and analyze various

Business strategies employed in concurrent market.

CLO3: Analyze and Apply the strategies under competitive situation and strategic dilemma in

dealing with dynamic global business environment in terms of rapidly changing market trends and

technological advancement.

CLO4: Evaluation of challenges faced by managers in implementing and evaluating strategies

based on the nature of business, industry, and cultural differences.

UNIT- I (9 hours)

Meaning of Strategy; Strategic process; Levels of Strategy; Concept of firm’s environment;

Environment Analysis, Value Creation in Business.

UNIT- II (11 hours)

Meaning of Competitive Advantage; Functional Level Strategy; Components of Functional level

strategy, Strategic Planning for International Business.

UNIT- III (12 hours)

Business Level Strategy; Generic Business Level Strategies; Relationship of Business Level

Strategy with Industry environment; Strategy in High-technology industries; Strategy in the global

environment.

UNIT-IV (8 hours)

Corporate Level Strategy; Horizontal and Vertical Integration; Outsourcing; Diversification;

Ethics and Strategy; Strategy implementation through organizational design, Strategic Alliances.

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 183: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

183

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. CWL Hill and G Jones, Strategic Management: An integrated Approach, 2009, Biztantra

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Johnson, G., Exploring Corporate Strategy: Text & Cases, 7/E,Pearson Education India

R2. H.Igor, Ansoff: Implanting Strategic Management, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

R3. Michael, E Porter: The Competitive Advantage of Nations, Macmillan, New Delhi.

R4. Mintzberg, Henry and James Brian Quinn: The Strategy Process, Prentice Hall, New

Jersey.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO

Description

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1

Understand theintegrative model of strategic management process that

defines basic activities in strategic management and Evaluate thereal life

company’s environmental factors.

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate

CLO2

Understand the essence of formulating strategies and strategic plans.

Analyze various Business strategies employed in concurrent Market.

2, 4,

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3

Analyze and Apply the strategies under competitive situation and

strategic dilemma in dealing with dynamic global business environment

in terms of rapidly changing market trends and technological

advancement.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4

Evaluation of challenges faced by managers in implementing and

evaluating strategies based on the nature of business, industry, and

cultural differences.

3, 5

Apply,

Evaluate

Page 184: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

184

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H

M

L

M

M

M

CLO2 H M M H H M M L

CLO3 L H H H M L

CLO4 M M L M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 185: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

185

BUSINESS RESEARCH PROJECT

MMG4506

Course Objectives:

CO1: To develop ability to apply multidisciplinary concepts, tools and techniques to analyze and

logically approach the organizational problems.

CO2: To develop your capacity to understand and discuss different methodological and scientific

starting points.

CO3: To understand and implement with various approaches to data collection and analysis.

CO4: To develop skills in analysis and discussion of different empirical and theoretical

phenomena.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify and describe the various business opportunities and issues in modern competitive

business world.

CLO2: Explain and illustrate the interrelation between external market opportunities, internal

capabilities and corporate dynamics.

CLO3: Apply the skills and knowledge acquired to evaluate the probable solutions of the prevailing

business issues.

CLO4: Develop and evaluate the comprehensive business plan/s for a new initiative, whether an

entrepreneurial start-up venture or a new business initiative.

Content:

Within the framework of Business Research Project, student will explore different ways of finding

information, defining the scope of a project and doing research, as well as different ways of

communicating the results.

The report includes defining a problem, discussing method and theoretical approach, collecting

information, presenting your thesis and writing and rewriting your thesis.

Students will work individual to write the report.

The project may be from any one of the following types, however, it should preferably befrom

your area of specialization in MBA:

L T P C

0 0 2 3

Page 186: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

186

a) Comprehensive case study (covering single organization/multifunctional

areaproblemformulation, analysis and recommendations).

b) Inter-organizational study aimed at inter-organizational comparison/validation of theory/survey

of management practices.

c) Field study (empirical study).

The Report may have the following components:

a) Introduction, brief background, and Rationale of the topic chosen for the project.

b) Brief Introduction and vital details of the organization/s understudy.

c) Statement of the problem.

d) Objectives of the Project (clearly stated in behavioral terms).

e) Research Methodology:

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Identify and describe the various business opportunities

and issues in modern competitive business world.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Explain and illustrate the interrelation between external

market opportunities, internal capabilities and corporate

dynamics.

2, 3, 4

Understand, Apply,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the skills and knowledge acquired to evaluate the

probable solutions of the prevailing business issues.

3

Apply

CLO4

Develop and evaluate the comprehensive business plan/s

for a new initiative, whether an entrepreneurial start-up

venture or a new business initiative.

5, 6

Evaluate,

Create

Page 187: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

187

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 M M M M M

CLO2 H H H L M H

CLO3 H H H M M L L M H M M

CLO4 H H H M L L M M M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 188: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

188

COMPREHENSIVE VIVA-II

MMG4507

L T P C

0 0 0 2

Course Objectives:

CO1: To prepare comprehensively about the concept and overall knowledge of all courses.

CO2: To gain confidence and develop interpersonal skills in the relevant field.

CO3: To acquaint the students with the overall framework of management concepts in business

administration.

CO4: To build professional conduct within any team activities.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):

CLO1: Understand the concept of management principles and various dimensions.

CLO2: Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing appropriate management

information.

CLO3: Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business administration.

CLO4: Analyze and build professional conduct within any team activities.

Methodology:

The confidence level, presentation and communication skills, decision-making ability and a

comprehensive understanding will be assessed.

The viva voce is of 100 marks and is to be conducted by the external examiners appointed by the

University. A weightage of 2 credits has been given to this to highlight its importance.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the concept of management principles and various

dimensions.

2

Understanding

CLO2 Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing

appropriate management information.

3

Applying

CLO3 Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business

administration.

4

Evaluating

CLO4 Analyze and build professional conduct within any team

activities

4,6

Analyzing,

Creating

Page 189: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

189

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PS

Os)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M M M M H M H M H M M H H M

CLO2 H M M M M M H M M M M H M M H

CLO3 H H M H H M H M M M M M M M M

CLO4 H H M H H H H H M H M M L M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 190: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

190

Electives:

MARKETING

MANAGEMENT

Page 191: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

191

RETAILING MANAGEMENT

MMG4003-MK

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the concepts, theories and strategies related to retailing and the interaction of

retail mix elements in retail market.

CO2: To demonstrate the knowledge on the nature of retail buying process and their influence on

marketing strategy and store management decisions.

CO3: To analyse the acquired knowledge and apply in real life retail management situations.

CO4: To develop a strategic perspective of the retailing industry

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the retail marketing mix, including location, pricing, promotion and customer

service.

CLO2: Illustrate the different retail formats, services offered and non-store retailing.

CLO3: Demonstrate the understanding of retail consumer buying behaviour, segmentation,

targeting and positioning.

CLO4: Apply the fundamentals to real-world retail strategic operations.

CLO5: Evaluate merchandise management, store layout, design and visual merchandising.

UNIT- I (10 Hours)

Retailing: meaning and world of Retailing, Retailer’s role in supply chain management, Retail

management decision process, Types of Retailers & Retailer characteristics -Food retailers,

Supermarkets, Warehouse clubs, Department stores, Specialty stores, Services Retailing, Types of

ownership, Multichannel retailing-Issues & challenges, Retail channels-Internet, catalog and direct

selling.

UNIT- II (8 Hours)

Concept of Retail customer, customer buying behavior-The buying process, buying roles, Types

of buying decisions, factors affecting consumer decision making, Retail market segmentation,

targeting and positioning, VALS model and customer services management.

UNIT- III (11 Hours)

Retailing Strategy- Growth strategies, Strategic Retail Planning Process, Location strategy –

importance, Types, factors affecting choice, Site selection, Retail pricing strategy- Type and factors

affecting it, Retail Communication mix-Direct and online marketing, Planning a retail

communication program.

UNIT- IV (11 Hours)

Merchandise management- Buying organization and evaluating merchandise management, Private

label merchandise, Developing variety and assortment plan, Store Management-

Responsibilities for recruiting and selecting store employees, Training, Evaluating, Compensating

& Rewarding store employees, Store Layout, Design and Visual Merchandising.

Page 192: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

192

TEXTBOOKS:

T1.Levy,Weitz& Ajay Pandit, Retailing Management, McGraw Hill 8th Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Burmans, Evans &Mathur, Retail Management: A Strategic Approach, Pearson 11th Edition

R2.SwapnaPradhan, Retail Management: Text & Cases, McGraw Hill (2012) 5th Edition

R3.Gilbert, Retail Marketing Management, Pearson 2006

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Understand the retail marketing mix, including location, pricing,

promotion and customer service.

2

Understand

CLO2 Illustrate the different retail formats, services offered and non-

store retailing.

3

Apply

CLO3 Demonstrate the understanding of retail consumer buying

behaviour, segmentation, targeting and positioning.

3

Apply

CLO4 Apply the fundamentals to real-world retail strategic operations. 3

Apply

CLO5 Evaluate merchandise management, store layout, design and visual

merchandising.

5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 L L H H H

CLO2 L L H H H

CLO3 M L H M H

CLO4 H M H M H H H

CLO5 L M L H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 193: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

193

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT

MMG4004-MK

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1:To apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in marketing with an international

perspective.

CO2: To evaluate different cultural, political, and legal environments influencing international

trade.

CO3: To identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry

in International Market.

CO4: To apply basic internationally oriented marketing strategies (total product concept, pricing,

place, and promotion).

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the subject, students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize when marketing their

product in foreign countries

CLO2: Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate the growth of regional

trading agreements (RTA).

CLO3: Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry

in International Market

CLO4: Understand the International Marketing Mix

UNIT-I Introduction of International Marketing (8 Hours)

Nature, importance and scope of international marketing, The Concept of International Marketing,

Domestic marketing vs. International marketing, Benefits of international marketing, International

marketing Process an overview, Towards GLOCAL Marketing Adaptation, The Critical Success

Factor in International Markets, Internationalization of IndianFirms.

UNIT-II International Marketing Environment (8 Hours)

International Political and Legal Environment, International Cultural Environment, International

Economic Institutions, Growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTAs), India's Participation in

RTAs, RTA's under the WTO, World Trade Organization, From GATT to WTO, WTO

Agreements Overview, Standards and Safety Measures for International Markets.

UNIT III: Market Identification, Evaluation and Selection (12 Hours)

Overview of India's Foreign Trade, India's Growth of Exports in International Markets vis-à-vis

Select Asian Countries.Identifying Opportunities in International Markets: Identification of

International Markets, Segmentation of International Markets, Selection of International

Markets,The Modes of International Market Entry, Choosing the Right International Market Entry

Mix:-Exporting licensing contract manufacturing, joint venture, setting -up of wholly owned

subsidiaries aboard, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions, Franchising, Turnkey Operations

Page 194: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

194

UNIT IV: International Marketing Mix Decisions (12 Hours)

Product Strategy for International Markets: Standardization vs. Adaptation in International

Markets, Voluntary factors influencing Product Adaptation in International Markets, Trade-off

Strategy between Product Standardization and Adaptation, Pricing Decisions for International

Markets: Pricing Decisions, Pricing Approaches for International Markets, Factors Influencing

Pricing Decisions in International Markets, Dumping, Counter Trade, Transfer Pricing in

International Markets, Grey Marketing. International Distribution :Selecting Channels of

International Distribution, Types ofInternational Distribution Channels. Communication

Decisions for International Markets: Tools for International Marketing Communication,

Alternative-marketing strategies

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. Joshi, Rakesh Mohan, International Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1.Doole Isobel and Robin Lawe, International Marketing Strategy, Cengage Learning

R2. Keegan Warren J, Global Marketing Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi .

R3.Ashok Korwar, Creating Markets across the Globe, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize

when marketing their product in foreign countries

2

Understand

CLO2 Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate

the growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTA).

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate

CLO3 Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the

various modes of entry in International Market

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO4 Understand the International Marketing Mix 2

Understand

Page 195: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

195

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H M H H H

CLO2 H L H H H H

CLO3 H L H H H H

CLO4 H H H H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 196: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

196

MARKETING OF SERVICES

MMG4005-MK

(40 Hours)

Course Objective:

CO1: To understand the theory and concepts pertaining to Services marketing.

CO2: To define the role of Services marketing and discuss its core concepts and explain the

relationship among customer value, satisfaction, productivity and quality.

CO3: To enhance the ability to develop effective service marketing strategies that emphasizes the

value exchange between suppliers and their customers.

CO4: To develop an understanding of the special context and techniques of the marketing of

services that services play in the economy and its future.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the subject, students will be able:

CLO1: Define concepts of service marketing and classify the service quality gaps.

CLO2: Describe and differentiate the service product planning, service design and services

distribution framework.

CLO3: Illustrate and investigate people, physical evidence and process used in marketing of

services.

CLO4: Compare and contrast the various types of services being operated in global context.

UNIT-I (10 Hours)

Paradigms in Services Marketing, Difference between Product and Services Marketing,

Characteristics of Services, Classification of Services, Service Quality Dimensions, Services

Marketing Mix, Gap model of Service Quality, Understanding Customer Perception and Customer

Expectations, Zone of Tolerance, Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning of Services

UNIT- II (10 Hours)

Developing the Service Product/Intangible Product, Service Product Planning: new Service

Development, Types and Stages of new Services development, Service BlueprintingService

Pricing Strategy: Concept, Types and Strategies of Service Pricing linked to the different values

Services Distributions: Types of Services Distribution, Common issues involving Intermediaries

UNIT- III (10 Hours)

Educating Customers and Promoting the Value Proposition (Designing the Communication Mix

for Services)Designing and Managing Service Processes: Role of Technology in Services

Marketing Process, Employees and Customers role in service delivery and processPhysical

Evidence: Concept, types & strategic roles of servicescapesService Recovery and Customer

Feedback

UNIT-IV (10 Hours)

Services in Global Perspective: International Marketing of Services Recent Trends, Principal

Driving Force in Global Marketing of Services, Key Decisions in Global Marketing, Services

Strategy and Organizing for Global Marketing. Marketing of Financial Services: Marketing Mix

Strategies with Special Reference to Credit Cards, Home Loans, Insurance and Banking, Marketing

of Telecom/ Insurance Services.

L T P C

3 1 0 4

Page 197: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

197

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Services Marketing by Zeithaml; Tata McGraw Hill, 6th Ed., 2013

T2. Love Lock Christopher - Services Marketing: People, Technology and Strategy, Pearson

Education, 6th

Ed., 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1.RajendraNargundkar- Service Marketing- McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition.

R2. Baron S and Harrisk - Services Marketing: Text and Cases, Palgrave, 2nd

Ed.

R3. Woodruff Helen - Service Marketing, Macmillian

R4. Payne Adrian - The Essence of Service Marketing, Prentice Hall of India

R5. Rama MohanaRao - Services Marketing, Person Education,

R6.GovindApte - Services Marketing, Oxford University Press

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO 1 Define concepts of service marketing and classify the service

quality gaps.

1

Remember

CLO 2 Describe and differentiate the service product planning, service

design and services distribution framework

2,3

Understand,

Analyze

CLO 3 Illustrate and investigate people, physical evidence and process

used in marketing of services

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO 4 Compare and contrast the various types of services being

operated in global context

5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 L M M H H H H H

CLO2 L M M H H H H H

CLO3 L M H H H H H

CLO4 L M H H H H M H H

H:High M: Medium L: Low

Page 198: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

198

Electives:

HUMAN

RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT

Page 199: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

199

COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT

MMG4003-HR L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand compensation management processes, issues and techniques.

CO2: To develop a total rewards program sufficient to attract, retain and motivate qualified people

to run the organization.

CO3: To describe the development of compensation program that reflects the relative worth of the

job.

CO4: To integrate the strategic, behavioral and technical principles for identifying and designing

the compensation

CO5: To understand implications and possible approaches for managing legally required benefits.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the concept of basic compensation in organizations, Estimate a plan for Job

Analysis Program and Analyze the Reward System for the Organization

CLO2: Analysis of different ways to strengthen the pay-for-performance link. Design a Job content

based on performance appraisal program.

CLO3: Apply the concept of payment and employee benefits on performance appraisal program

and Evaluate the job.

CLO4: Understand the need of short term incentives and Long term incentives and Create a long

term incentive, deferred compensation plan and various social security plan

CLO5: Understand some of the implications for strategic compensation and possible employer

approaches to managing legally required benefits

Unit I (8 Hours)

The reward system

Reward system: compensation & non compensation dimension, system for non-Compensation, Job

analysis, Planning a job analysis program, Collection and description of job data, designing of

custom made job analysis questionnaire, Guidelines for conducting a job analysis interview, Job

Description.

Unit II (10 Hours)

Job evaluation

Job requirements and pay, Designing a Base pay structure, Pay structure architecture, Determining

a pay policy line, the need for more than one pay structure, identifying lowest and highest rates of

pay, developing pay grades, single rate pay grade, two tire wage plan, multiple point pay structure,

spread of range and steps, pay grade overlap.

Unit III (12 Hours)

Pay Structure:

Merit pay, performance appraisal: cost- effectiveness analysis, designing a job content-based

performance appraisal program, Rating scale design and development, performance standards,

maintaining an employee documentation File ,Point factor method of job evaluation, Combining

point factor and factor comparison methods, job evaluation, committee, , Factor evaluation system,

position evaluation statements.

Unit IV (10 Hours)

Page 200: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

200

Short term incentives & Long Term Incentives:

Premium and differentials, pay for unit produced, individual based bonus and rewards,

organization wide short term incentives, Scanlon plan, Designing a long term incentive and

deferred compensation plan, Qualified deferred compensation arrangement, Social security,

retirement plan, pension plans, profit sharing plan, stock bonus plan, ESOP ,employer benefits and

employer costs for ESOP, Individual retirement account, Savings incentive match plan for

employees .

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Compensation Management in a knowledge- based world, Richard I. Henderson, Pearson

Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Compensation planning, George T Mulkovich& JerryNewmann, McGraw Hill Publication

R2. Compensation and reward management, B. D. Singh, Excel Publication

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the concept of basic compensation in

organizations, Estimate a plan for Job Analysis Program and

Analyze the Reward System for the Organization

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Analysis of different ways to strengthen the pay-for-

performance link. Design a Job content based on performance

appraisal program.

4

Analyzing

CLO3 Apply the concept of payment and employee benefits on

performance appraisal program and Evaluate the job.

3,5

Applying,

Evaluate

CLO4 Understand the need of short term incentives and Long term

incentives and Create a long term incentive, deferred

compensation plan and various social security plan

2,6

Understand,

Create

CLO5 Understand some of the implications for strategic compensation and

possible employer approaches to managing legally required benefits

2

Understand,

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Page 201: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

201

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H L M M L H H H M

CLO2 M M H L M L M M

CLO3 H H L M H H M M

CLO4 H M L M M H M M L

CLO5 M M M M M M L L M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 202: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

202

NEGOTIATION &COUNSELLING

MMG4004-HR L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To explore the major concepts and theories of negotiation, as well as the dynamics of

interpersonal and intergroup conflict and its resolution.

CO2: To develop practical skills applicable to a broad range of contexts: identifying crucial

elements of negotiation situations and implementing appropriate resolution strategies.

CO3: To equip the students with valuable skills, techniques and strategies in counseling.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define the stages and elements of the negotiation and counselling process.

CLO2: Differentiate negotiation styles and mental models, analyse their own and their partner’s

behaviour in negotiations

CLO3: Apply complex theory and practice of negotiation and counselling in particular and conflict

resolution in general;

CLO4: Explain the functions of the Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA);

recognize and use BATNA in negotiations Determine how to counsel and positively interact with

others;

CLO5: Formulate and apply psychological principles of successful negotiations and counselling

CLO6: Evaluate psychological forces that affect decision-making through counselling.

UNIT I (08 hours)

Negotiation: Nature, Characteristics, Strategy and Tactics of Distributive Bargaining, Strategy and

Tactics of Integrative Negotiation; Strategy and Planning for Negotiation.

UNIT II (08 Hours)

Negotiation Sub processes: Perception, Cognition and Emotion Communication: What is

communicated during negotiation and how people communicate in Negotiation..

UNIT III (12 hours)

Best Practices in Negotiation – Fundamental Structure of negotiation and BATNA. Case I - Role

Negotiation at Bokaro Steel Plant (Understanding Organizational Behaviour. By UdaiPareek,

Oxford, Second Edition Page 410-415).

International and Cross Cultural Negotiation: Context and Concept, Influence of Culture on

Negotiation: Case II - The Dabhol Debacle ( Negotiation Made Simple, SL Rao, Excel Books

pp.30-35 and pp. 196-197).

UNIT IV (12 hours)

Emergence & Growth of Counselling: Factors contributing to the emergence, Approaches to

Counselling:

Behaviouristic, Humanistic Approaches and Rogers Self Theory CounsellingProcess : Steps in

Counselling. Process.Modern Trends in Counselling – Trends, Role of a Counsellor and Model of

Counselling.

Page 203: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

203

Text Book:

T1. B.D. Singh - Negotiation and Counselling, Excel Books

Reference Books:

R1. Lewicki, Saunders & Barry - Netgotiation (Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Ed.)

R2. Rao S N - Counseling and Guidance (Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed.)

R3. Singh Kavita - Counselling Skills for Managers (PHI, 1st Ed.)

R4. Welfel, Patternson - The Counselling Process, A Multi theoretical Integrative Approach.

(Thomson India, 6th Ed.)

R5. PareekUdai - Understanding OrganizationalBehavior (Oxford)

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define the stages and elements of the negotiation and counseling process 1

Remember

CLO2 Classify negotiation styles and mental models, analyze their own and their

partner’s behavior in negotiations

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply complex theory and practice of negotiation and counseling in

particular and conflict resolution in general;

3

Apply

CLO4 Explain the functions of the Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement

(BATNA); recognize and use BATNA in negotiations.

2, 3, 4

Understand,

Apply,

Analyze

CLO5 Formulate and apply psychological principles of successful negotiations

and counseling

3,5

Apply

Evaluate

CLO6 Evaluate psychological forces that affect decision-making through

counseling.

6

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H L L L M M L H M H

CLO2 H L M M M L M H L H

CLO3 H L M M H H M H M H

CLO4 H L M M H M M H M H

CLO5 H L M M H M M H M

CLO6 H M M M M M M H M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 204: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

204

CROSS-CULTURAL MANAGEMENT

MMG4005-HR L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand an overview of the meaning and dimensions of ‘Culture’;

CO2: To describe and analyze the impact of culture on business practices;

CO3: To Understand and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational culture.

CO4: To understand the impact of national culture on Corporate Human Resource management;

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to different cultures and

Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact over organizational Policies.

CLO2: Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and compare the impact of

cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and nonverbal communication.

CLO3: Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity. Assess the Cross cultural

intelligence and managerial competencies.

CLO4: Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning, employment and value

generation and quality improvement.

Unit I: (8 Hours)

Introduction Understanding culture: Values, world views and socio-cultural systems What is

culture and why is it important? How do people react to cultural differences? Can we measure or

graph cultural differences? Is it possible to change a culture? If so, how? What does culture have

to do with business? Ways of describing cultural differences Going International,

Unit II: (12 Hours)

Cultural diversity and multicultural teams: The impact of cultural differences on individuals,

Verbal and non-verbal communication across cultures, Kohlberg’s theory of moral reasoning,

Measuring cultural development, The historical origins of beliefs and values, Impact of cross

cultural communication, , Kohlberg, Malcolm X, and Martin Luther King Jr, Are some societies

better than others?, Relativism vs. development, Respect cultural differences vs. stages of

development, The possibility of an international subculture.

Unit III: (10 Hours)

Conflict and negotiation: Gender differences, Gender, multiethnicity, religion, geography Body

language, The culture of poverty, Hofstede’s dimensions, Cultural aspects of international business

negotiations, Negotiation process, Negotiation Strategies,: Cultural diversity and multicultural

teams National cultures vs. organizational cultures, Knowledge cultures, Cross-cultural

intelligence and managerial competence, Motivating across cultures, Management of cross-culture

teams

Unit IV: (10 Hours)

Leadership traits required for managing cross culture teams Participatory Strategic Planning and

the Technology of Participation Change in corporate culture: the example of quality improvement,

Culture and ethics Understanding significance of cultural values & ethics in cross boarder

businesses, Corporate Culture and Cros Border HRM and Employment Practices with respect to

Japan, European countries, US, China, corporate social responsibility in MNC’s , The McDonald’s

Corporation,

Page 205: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

205

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Cross culture management by MsShobhanaMadhavan, Oxford University Press, 2011

T2. Eastern and Cross Culture Management by N K Singh , Springer

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Gannon, Martin J. Paradoxes of Culture and Globalization. Sage Publications, 2008.

R2. Class notes are available at www.gwu.edu/~umpleby/mgt216

R3. For information on group projects see www.gwu.edu/~rpsol/service-learning

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to different

cultures and Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact over

organizational Policies.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and compare the

impact of cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and nonverbal

communication.

1, 2 , 3,

Remember,

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity. Assess

the Cross cultural intelligence and managerial competencies.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO4 Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning, employment and

value generation and quality improvement.

2, 6

Understand,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M H M H H H H -

CLO2 H H H H H M H H -

CLO3 H H H H H H H H H -

CLO4 H H H H H H H M H H -

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 206: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

206

Electives:

FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT

Page 207: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

207

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS & SERVICES

MCM4005-FM L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the working of financial markets and various funds and fee based financial

services.

CO2: To describe Concepts & Practical dynamics of the Indian Financial System, Markets,

Institution and Financial Services.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and explain the broad features of Indian financial institutions with its apex bank’s

objectives and purview. Also illustrate the instruments to control credit in the country.

CLO2: Effectively classify the kinds and components of Primary and Secondary Markets.

Demonstrate the dimensions of performance of financial Institutions.

CLO3: Identify the existence and development of non-banking financial institutions, know the

important role of Mutual funds, LIC, investment companies etc., utilize and effectively participate

in the development process.

CLO4: Understand the conditions of financial Services and its impact in the economy. Inspect and

Compare the different financial strategies for making commercial banks viable

UNIT -I (8 Hours)

• Overview of the financial system in India

• Evolution of stock exchanges in India

• Features of the principal kinds of stock exchanges in India

• Listing and delisting

• Settlement of stock market transactions

UNIT -II (12 Hours)

• Kinds of capital issues, the capital issue process in India, Pricing of capital issues,

Intermediaries in the issue process

• Merchant Banking: Origin, Meaning and Evolution of Merchant Banking, Functions of

Merchant Bank, Role and Qualities of Merchant Banker, SEBI Guidelines and Code of

Conduct for Merchant Banker

• Underwriting:- Concept, Nature, Features, Importance, Functions andEvolution of

Underwriting Business, SEBI Guidelines with Regard to Underwriting

• Credit Rating; Concept, Need, Importance, Objectives and Types of Credit Rating and

Methodologies for Credit Rating, SEBI Guidelines for Rating, Advantages &

Disadvantages of Credit Rating, Credit Rating Agencies in India and Credit Rating

Services.

UNIT -III (10 Hours)

• Mutual funds: Kinds, advantages, limitations

• Entry and exit loads

• Regulatory framework in India

• Insurance: concept, types, and evolution in India

• The regulatory framework of insurance in India

Page 208: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

208

UNIT -IV (10 Hours)

• Venture Capital Financing; Concept, features and process

• Leasing: concept, advantages and limitations

• Concept of Hire Purchase

• Factoring and forfeiting services

• Liquidity Management, Asset Liability Management - Gap analysis, Management of Non-

performing assets, Strategies for making commercial banks viable

TEXT BOOK:

T1. ThummuluriSiddaiah, “Financial Services:, Pearson, 2011.

T2. S. Gurusamy, “Merchant Banking and Financial Services”, TMH, 2nd Ed.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. M Y Khan, “Financial Services”,TMH, 6thed.

R2. Fabozzi – “Foundations of Financial Markets and Institutions”, Pearson Education

R3. Bhole L M – “Financial Institutions and Markets”,Tata McGraw-Hill

R4. Machiraju H R – “Indian Financial System”, Vikas

R5. Srivastava ,R.M& Nigam Divya – “Management of Financial Institutions”,Himalaya

R6. Gurusamy R – “Financial Services & Markets”, Thomson

R7. K Sashidharan and Alex Mathews, “Financial Services and System”, TMH

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Blooms

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Define and explain the broad features of Indian financial institutions with its

apex bank’s objectives and purview. Also illustrate the instruments to control

credit in the country.

1, 2, 3

Remember,

Understand

Apply

CLO2 Effectively classify the kinds and components of Primary and Secondary

Markets. Demonstrate the dimensions of performance of financial Institutions.

2,4

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Identify the existence and development of non-banking financial institutions,

know the important role of Mutual funds, LIC, investment companies etc., utilize

and effectively participate in the development process.

5, 6

Evaluate,

Create

CLO4 Understand the conditions of financial Services and its impact in the economy.

Inspect and Compare the different financial strategies for making commercial

banks viable

2, 4, 4

Understand,

Analyze

Page 209: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

209

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs:

Course

Learning

Outcomes

(CLO):

Programme Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Programme

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O 1

PL

O 2

PL

O 3

PL

O 4

PL

O 5

PL

O 6

PL

O 7

PL

O 8

PL

O 9

PL

O 1

0

PL

O 1

1

PL

O 1

2

PS

O 1

PS

O 2

PS

O 3

CLO 1 H M H M L H H L H H

CLO 2 H L L M H M H H

CLO 3 H H M H H M H H

CLO 4 H M L H M H H M H

H: High, M: Medium, L: Low

Page 210: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

210

MANAGEMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL

MCM4006-FM L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge with of Management of Working Capital.

CO2: To analyze and apply the concepts of Management of Working Capital in business decision

making.

CO3: To demonstrate the skills of managing the working capital of the business.

CO4: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the management of working capital in

the busines organization.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course student will be able to

CLO1: Define, remember and classify the various components of working capital.

CLO2: Understand and apply the various policies followed by the companies for management of

working capital.

CLO3: Apply and analyze the various tools and techniques used in the management of working

capital.

CLO4: Analyze, Evaluate, and Create the working capital management plan for the company.

UNIT - I (8 Hours)

CONCEPTS AND DETERMINATION OF WORKING CAPITAL

Conceptual Framework, Operating Environment of working capital, Factors affecting

determination of working capital, Theories and Approaches in determination of working capital,

Calculation of working capital, Management of working capital, Banking policies for working

capital.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

MANAGEMENT OF INVENTORY & RECEIVABLES: Management of Receivable:-

Objectives, Cost of credit, Components of credit policy, Methods of monitoring of receivables.

Management of Inventory: Objectives, Benefits and principles of receivables management,

Relevant cost in inventory system, Determination of order and stock levels, Tools and techniques

of inventory management.

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

MANAGEMENT OF CASH & MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FINANCING OF

WORKING CAPITAL:

Management of Cash:-Determinants of cash flows, Cash forecasting, Cash flow statement analysis,

Managing uncertainty in cash flow forecast, Managing cash collections and disbursements, Cash

management techniques. Management of Marketable Securities,:- Need for investment in

marketable securities, types of marketable securities, optimization models.

FINANCING OF WORKING CAPITAL NEEDS: Sources of financing working capital, Bank

Credit – Basic Principles and Practices, Bank Credit – Methods of assessment and appraisal ,

Factoring services, Other Sources of short term finance.

UNIT - IV (8 Hours)

WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT :

Liquidity vs Profitability, Payables management, Short-Term international financial transactions,

Integrating working capital and capital investment process

Page 211: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

211

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Pandey, I. M. (2009).Financial Management.9th Edition. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Bhalla, V. K. (2011). Working Capital Management: Text and Cases. 13th Edition.Anmol

Publication Pvt. Ltd.

R2. Kishore, R. M. (2008). Financial Management.6th Edition. New Delhi: Taxmann Publication.

R3. Khan, M. Y., & Jain, P. K. (2009).Financial Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill

Publication.

R4. Rangarajan, K., Rangarajan, K., &Misra, A. (2006).Working Capital Management. Excel

Books India

R5. Periasamy, P. (2011). Working Capital Management –Theory & Practice.Himalaya Publishing

House.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Define, remember and classify the various components of working

capital.

1,2

Remember,

Understanding

CLO2 Understand and Apply the various policies followed by the companies

for management of working capital.

2, 3,

Understanding,

Apply

CLO3 Apply and analyze the various tools and techniques used in the

management of working capital.

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4 Analyze, Evaluate and Create the working capital management plan for

the company.

4,5, 6

Analyze,

Evaluate,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Page 212: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

212

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H

M H M H L

H H

CLO2 H

M H M H L

H H

CLO3 H

M H M

H L

H H

CLO4 H

M H M M H L

H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 213: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

213

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

MCM4007-FM

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To make the students understand financial management in global context.

CO2: To explain the foreign exchange market-major players, basic concepts, international

monetary system and contemporary practices.

CO3: To develop an insight into the meaning and increasing role of derivatives in the international

financial market and help students to make the short term and long term financial decisions in the

global market.

CourseLearning Outcomes:On completion of this course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify and discuss the impact of globalization and the connection of national economies

and the world economy as a whole.

CLO2: Understand the international financial system and the various issues in overseas funding.

CLO3: Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk involved in it.

CLO4: Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding alternatives.

CLO5: Examine International Bond Market.

UNIT - I (10 Hours)

Nature & Scope of International Finance: Role of information technology and financial

integration in the process of globalization. International Financial Institutions: International

Monetary Fund, World Bank. International credit rating agencies and rating criteria, International

financing decision.

Issues in Overseas Funding: Choices, Economic Circumstances and overall funding choices,

funding and risk management aspects. Parity conditions in International Finance: Purchasing

power parity, Covered Interest Parity, Real Interest Parity and Managerial Implications.

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

Foreign Exchange Markets: Forecasting Exchange Rates, Fundamental Factors affecting

Exchange Rates, Time Series Forecasting Models. Functions of Foreign exchange market, Role of

participants in foreign exchange market. Foreign Exchange Management Act 1999, Role of

Reserve Bank of India in Management of foreign exchange. Exchange Rates; Spot rate, Forward

rate, Cross Rates, Types of exchange rate regimes.

Parity relations, Purchasing power parity, Interest parity, Exchange risk, Types of exchange risk,

Management of exchange risk. Hedging; Internal & External techniques of heading. Currency

futures and options, Currency swaps. Speculation in foreign exchange market.Currency

arbitrage.Covered interest arbitrage.Convertibility of Indian Rupee. Exchange Rate Behaviour,

efficiency and forecasting.

Page 214: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

214

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

Global Capital Markets, Historical perspective and development, participants, issues, investors,

intermediaries.Foreign Bonds & Euro Bonds.Foreign equity and Euro equity. Depository Receipts

(A.D.Rs and G. D.Rs) Disintermediation, Deregulation, Securitization, Globalization.

Methods of raising resources by borrowers in international markets – domestic foreign currency

loans out of foreign currency resources like FCNR (B), EEFC, etc.International portfolio

investment, International liquidity, Foreign Exchange Market Mechanism, Foreign Trade zone.

UNIT - IV (10 Hours)

International Bond Markets, Development, Types of Bonds, Floating Rate Notes (FRNs), Deep

Discount Bonds, Zero Coupon Bonds, Dual Currency Bonds, and Equity related Bonds. Procedure

for Bonds Issues.

Syndicated loans, Multicurrency options, Syndication process in practice, Offer documents and

mandate, Loan agreements. Rights and duties of managing and agents banks.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. ApteP.G., ‘Multinational Financial Management’, Tata -McGraw Hill, New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. International Financial Management by VyuptakeshSharan

R2. International Financial Management by S.P. Sriniwasan

R3. International Finance by Mauric Levi, Keith P. ( 2013 Edition)

R4. Foreign Exchange, International Finance, Risk Management by A.V. Rajwade

R5. Currency Exposures and Derivatives by A.VRajwade

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify and Discuss the impact of globalization and the connection of

national economies and the world economy as a whole.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand the international financial system and the various issues

in overseas funding.

2

Understand

CLO3 Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk involved

in it.

4,6

Analyze

Apply

CLO4 Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding alternatives. 2, 4

Understand

Analyse

CLO5 Examine International Bond Market. 5

Evaluate

Page 215: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

215

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M H H H L H M

CLO2 M M M H H H H H H H

CLO3 M L H H H H M L M

CLO4 M H H M H H M H

CLO5 H H M H H H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 216: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

216

Electives:

OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT

Page 217: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

217

STRATEGIC SOURCING

MMG4003-OM L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1 - To understand the strategic impact of operating decisions and the trade-off inherent in these

choices.

CO2 – To understand the concept and the elements of operations strategy.

CO3- analyze the tools and conceptual framework for both assessing and designing operating

strategies that fit with the broader competitive goal of the company

CO4- To apply the key skills to negotiate effectively, structure your purchasing department,

evaluate and select suppliers using an analytical hierarchy process, and manage cost across the

entire supply chain.

CO5 - To create a procurement strategy that aligns with your overall competitive strategy.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the strategic impact of operating decisions in dynamic business environment.

To identify the relationship formed by many organizations that form strategic alliances to increase

the performance of their common supply chain

CLO2: Understand the advanced and applied perspective of key manufacturing concepts like Lean

manufacturing, capacity planning and so on. identify the issues and examine process involved in

outsourcing and managing suppliers

CLO3: Examine and compare effective and efficient systems for using resources, personnel and

the work process and analyze the tools and conceptual framework for both assessing and designing

operating strategies that fit with the broader competitive goal of the company

CLO4: Identify the key skills to negotiate effectively, develop the structure of your purchasing

department, analyze and decide suppliers using an analytical hierarchy process, and determine cost

across the entire supply chain.

CLO5: Develop and improve a procurement strategy that aligns with your overall competitive

strategy.

UNIT I: (8 Hours)

Imperatives, evolution of strategic sourcing; Supply chains and networks; Supply management’s

role in business and its impact on bottom line; Strategic supply management alliances.

UNIT II: (10 Hours)

Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) and strategic cost management - Components of TCO; Price

and cost analysis; Discounts and contract compensation arrangements.

UNIT III: (10 hours)

Outsourcing and managing suppliers - Make or buy decisions; Strategic issues in outsourcing;

Supplier selection (bidding and negotiation); Supplier evaluation and development; Single

sourcing versus multiple sourcing; Supply base reduction.

Page 218: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

218

UNIT IV: (12 Hours)

Supplier relationship and contract management, incentives, innovation and supply risks; Supply

channels and global trade Intermediaries; Currency and payment issues.

Analytical models - Supplier selection; Supplier evaluation; Supply base optimization; Supplier

performance index; Supply contracts.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Burt, D. N., Dobler, D. W. and Starling, S. L. (2008), “World Class Supply Management:

The key to Supply Chain Management”, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Monczka R., Trent, R. and Handfield, R. (2008), “Purchasing and Supply Chain

Management”, 3rd Edition, Thomson South Western, New Delhi.

R2. Seshadri, S. (2005), “Sourcing Strategy: Principles, Policy and Designs”, 1st Edition,

Springer, New York.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Course Learning Outcomes Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the strategic impact of operating decisions in dynamic

business environment. To identify the relationship formed by many

organizations that form strategic alliances to increase the

performance of their common supply chain

2, 3

Understand,

Applying

CLO2 Understand the advanced and applied perspective of key

manufacturing concepts like Lean manufacturing, capacity

planning and so on. identify the issues and examine process

involved in outsourcing and managing suppliers

2, 3, 4

Understand,

Apply,

Analyze

CLO3 Examine and compare effective and efficient systems for using

resources, personnel and the work process and analyze the tools and

conceptual framework for both assessing and designing operating

strategies that fit with the broader competitive goal of the company

4

Analyze

CLO4 Identify the key skills to negotiate effectively, develop the structure

of your purchasing department, analyze and decide suppliers using

an analytical hierarchy process, and determine cost across the entire

supply chain.

3, 4,5

Apply,

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO5 Develop and improve a procurement strategy that aligns with your

overall competitive strategy.

6

create

Page 219: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

219

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H M M H H M H H

CLO2 M M M M /H H M

CLO3 L M H L H H M

H H

CLO4 H

M M H

M L M M

CLO5 M M M M H M H

M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 220: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

220

OPERATIONS STRATEGY

MMG4004-OM L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1 - To develop an understanding of how the operations, have strategic importance and can

provide a competitive advantage in the workplace.

CO2 – To understand the framework for analyzing strategic issues in manufacturing and service

operations.

CO3- To analyze the strategic decisions in technology, facilities, vertical integration, human

resources, and other areas, and also explores means of competition such as cost, quality, and

innovativeness

CO4- To create an operations strategy and understand and evaluate the key decisions in operations

that have a substantial impact on a firm's competitive position.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand how the operations have strategic importance and can provide a competitive

advantage in the workplace. Identify the elements of operations strategy and various transformation

processes to enhance productivity and competitiveness.

CLO2: Explain the types of strategic decisions with reference to quality management and

operations management.

CLO3: Analyze and evaluate various facility alternatives and their capacity decisions, develop a

balanced line of production & scheduling and sequencing techniques in operation environments

CLO4: formulate an operational strategy and make strategic operational decisions

UNIT 1 - Introduction to Operations Strategy: (12 Hours)

• Operations Strategy

• Product-Process Matrix

• Managing Strategic Operational Tradeoffs

• Process Analysis & Applications

• Process Flow Analysis

• Flow Time & Capacity Analysis

• Competitive Cost Analysis

• Capacity Sizing

• Capacity Timing & Expansion

• Sales and Operations Planning

• Capacity Types & Flexibility

• Capacity, Queuing & Flow Time Analysis

UNIT 2 - Lean Operations and Quality Management: (10 Hours)

• Lean Operations

• Paradigm of Lean Operations

• Lean Operations for Product Variety

• Uncertainty, Safety Inventory & Pooling

• Pooling: Centralization & Postponement

• Optimal Service Level

• Quality and Voice of the Customer

Page 221: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

221

• Development of the Importance of Quality Management

• Quality and Public

• Factors Affecting Quality

UNIT 3 - TQM: (08 Hours)

• Total Quality Management: Introduction and Principles

• History of TQM

• Applications and use

• TQM Philosophies and Approach to Quality: Deming, Juan, Crosby, Kaizen, Shigeo

Shingo, Ishikawa, Taguchi

UNIT 4 - Six Sigma and Techniques (10 Hours)

• Six Sigma Introductions

• The DMAIC Problem Solving Approach

• Customer Satisfaction and Perception of Quality

• Process Mapping

• Tools and Techniques: Pareto and Process Flow Diagram, Check Sheets and Histograms,

Quality Function Deployment, Control Charts, Quality Management Systems, Bench Marking

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. CWL Hill and G Jones, Strategic Management: An integrated Approach, 2009, Biztantra

T2: Norman Gaither & Greg Frazier, “Operations Management,” 9th edition, Thomson-

south western.

T3: Jay Heizer, Barry render &JagadeeshRajshekhar,” Operations Management, “9th edition,

pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Johnson, G., Exploring Corporate Strategy: Text & Cases, 7/E,Pearson Education India

R2. H.Igor, Ansoff: Implanting Strategic Management, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

R3. Mintzberg, Henry and James Brian Quinn: The Strategy Process, Prentice Hall, New

Jersey.

R4. BediKanishka, “Production and Operations Management”, 2nd edition, Oxford university

press.

Page 222: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

222

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLOs Course Learning Outcomes Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand how the operations have strategic importance and can

provide a competitive advantage in the workplace. Identify the

elements of operations strategy and various transformation processes to

enhance productivity and competitiveness.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO2 Explain the types of strategic decisions with reference to quality

management and operations management.

2,

Understand,

CLO3 Analyze and evaluate various facility alternatives and their capacity

decisions, develop a balanced line of production & scheduling and

sequencing techniques in operation environments

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Formulate an operational strategy and make strategic operational

decisions

6

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M H L H H H M H H

CLO2 M M M M /H H M

CLO3 L M H M L L L H H M

H H

CLO4 M M M M H M H

M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 223: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

223

SUPPLY CHAIN MODELING

MMG4005-OM L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1 - To understand the fundamentals of Supply Chain Management (SCM) including its role in

an organization and in integrating firms in a supply chain.

CO2- To Understand the various concepts in SCM like coordination, planning for uncertainty,

supply contracts, logistics management, outsourcing and procurement management.

CO3 - Apply various analytical methods and tools so that students are able to measure and evaluate

various facets of supply chain performance.

CO4- To understand practices in SCM that differentiate successful firms from others.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the fundamentals of Supply Chain Management (SCM) including its role in an

organization and in integrating firms in a supply chain. To identify how the design, planning,

execution, control, and monitoring of supply chain activities lead to the creation of value,

contribute in building competitive infrastructure, leverage logistics and coordinate supply with

demand.

CLO2: Develop a systematic framework for analyzing the behavior of large and complex supply

chain networks

CLO3: Recognize the relationship and motivations of suppliers and distributors to ensure supplies

of raw materials and markets for finished goods. Utilize various computational, quantitative and

qualitative approaches that reduce production, inventory and transportation costs, and improve

service levels and profitability

CLO4: Understand the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply chain management.

Compare the professional opportunities in supply chain management.

UNIT- I (12 Hours)

Supply chain management (SCM): concepts, internal value chain and bullwhip effect. Supply chain

management and business strategy. Creating value for customer: strategies, implementation and

hurdles.

UNIT-II (8 Hours)

Concept of process.Implications of functional organization of firms.Process management and

systems thinking.Process view of the company; Process reengineering.

UNIT- III (10 Hours)

Understanding physical flow. Purchasing, production and logistics process management. Mapping

of supply chain and process analysis.Design of supply chains.

UNIT- IV (10 Hours)

Outsourcing: concept, advantages and limitations. Importance of information to SCM.ERP

systems.HR issues in SCM. Performance measurement.

TEXTBOOKS:

T1. Fawcett, Ellram and Ogden, “Supply Chain Management”, 2008, Pearson.

Page 224: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

224

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Dr. Ashok Sinha, “Supply Chain Management”, 2009, Global India Publications.

R2. Simchi-Levi, Kaminsky&Shankar,“Designing and Maintaining the Supply Chain

Concepts, Strategies & Case Studies”, Tata McGrawHill (2007)

R3. Sunil Chopra, “Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation”, Pearson.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Course Learning Outcomes Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the fundamentals of Supply Chain Management (SCM)

including its role in an organization and in integrating firms in a supply

chain. to identify how the design, planning, execution, control, and

monitoring of supply chain activities lead to the creation of value,

contribute in building competitive infrastructure, leverage logistics and

coordinate supply with demand.

2,

Understand

CLO2 Develop a systematic framework for analyzing the behavior of large

and complex supply chain networks

6

Create

CLO3 Recognize the relationship and motivations of suppliers and

distributors to ensure supplies of raw materials and markets for

finished goods. Utilize various computational, quantitative and

qualitative approaches that reduce production, inventory and

transportation costs, and improve service levels and profitability

3,4,6

Apply,

Analyze,

Create

CLO4 Understand the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply

chain management. Compare the professional opportunities in supply

chain management.

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H L H M H M H H

CLO2 M M H M M /H M M

CLO3 L M H M L L H M H

H H

CLO4 M M M M H M H

M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 225: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

225

Electives:

INTERNATIONA

L BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

Page 226: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

226

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT

MMG4003-IB L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in marketing with an international

perspective.

CO2: To evaluate different cultural, political, and legal environments influencing international

trade.

CO3: To identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry

in International Market.

CO4: To apply basic internationally oriented marketing strategies (total product concept, pricing,

place, and promotion).

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to :

CLO1: Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize when marketing their

product in foreign countries

CLO2: Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate the growth of Regional

Trading Agreements (RTA).

CLO3: Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry

in International Market

CLO4: Understand the International Marketing Mix

UNIT-I Introduction of International Marketing (8 Hours)

Nature, importance and scope of international marketing, The Concept of International Marketing,

Domestic marketing vs. International marketing, Benefits of international marketing, International

marketing Process an overview, Towards GLOCAL Marketing Adaptation, The Critical Success

Factor in International Markets, Internationalization of IndianFirms.

UNIT-II International Marketing Environment (8 Hours)

International Political and Legal Environment, International Cultural Environment, International

Economic Institutions, Growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTAs), India's Participation in

RTAs, RTA's under the WTO, World Trade Organization, From GATT to WTO, WTO

Agreements Overview, Standards and Safety Measures for International Markets.

UNIT III: Market Identification, Evaluation and Selection (12 Hours)

Overview of India's Foreign Trade, India's Growth of Exports in International Markets vis-à-vis

Select Asian Countries.Identifying Opportunities in International Markets: Identification of

International Markets, Segmentation of International Markets, Selection of International

Markets,The Modes of International Market Entry, Choosing the Right International Market Entry

Mix:-Exporting licensing contract manufacturing, joint venture, setting -up of wholly owned

subsidiaries aboard, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions, Franchising, Turnkey Operations

Page 227: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

227

UNIT IV: International Marketing Mix Decisions (12 Hours)

Product Strategy for International Markets: Standardization vs. Adaptation in International

Markets, Voluntary factors influencing Product Adaptation in International Markets, Trade-off

Strategy between Product Standardization and Adaptation, Pricing Decisions for International

Markets: Pricing Decisions, Pricing Approaches for International Markets, Factors Influencing

Pricing Decisions in International Markets, Dumping, Counter Trade, Transfer Pricing in

International Markets, Grey Marketing

International Distribution :Selecting Channels of International Distribution, Types of

International Distribution Channels

Communication Decisions for International Markets: Tools for International Marketing

Communication, Alternative e-marketing strategies

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Joshi, Rakesh Mohan, International Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1.Doole Isobel and Robin Lawe, International Marketing Strategy, Cengage Learning

R2. Keegan Warren J, Global Marketing Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi .

R3.Ashok Korwar, Creating Markets across the Globe, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize

when marketing their product in foreign countries

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO2 Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate

the growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTA).

2, 5,

Understand,

Evaluate

CLO3 Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the

various modes of entry in International Market

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO4 Understand the International Marketing Mix 2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

Page 228: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

228

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H H H H H H

CLO2 L H H H H H

CLO3 H L H H H H H H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 229: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

229

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

MMG4004-IB

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To make the students understand financial management in global context.

CO2: To explain the foreign exchange market-major players, basic concepts, international

monetary system and contemporary practices.

CO3: To develop an insight into the meaning and increasing role of derivatives in the international

financial market and help students to make the short term and long term financial decisions in the

global market.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Identify and discuss the impact of globalization and the connection of national economies

and the world economy as a whole.

CLO2: Understand the international financial system and the various issues in overseas funding.

CLO3: Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk involved in it.

CLO4: Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding alternatives.

CLO5: Examine International Bond Market.

UNIT - I (10 Hours)

Nature & Scope of International Finance: Role of information technology and financial

integration in the process of globalization. International Financial Institutions: International

Monetary Fund, World Bank. International credit rating agencies and rating criteria, International

financing decision.

Issues in Overseas Funding: Choices, Economic Circumstances and overall funding choices,

funding and risk management aspects. Parity conditions in International Finance: Purchasing

power parity, Covered Interest Parity, Real Interest Parity and Managerial Implications.

UNIT - II (10 Hours)

Foreign Exchange Markets: Forecasting Exchange Rates, Fundamental Factors affecting

Exchange Rates, Time Series Forecasting Models. Functions of Foreign exchange market, Role of

participants in foreign exchange market. Foreign Exchange Management Act 1999, Role of

Reserve Bank of India in Management of foreign exchange. Exchange Rates; Spot rate, Forward

rate, Cross Rates, Types of exchange rate regimes.

Parity relations, Purchasing power parity, Interest parity, Exchange risk, Types of exchange risk,

Management of exchange risk. Hedging; Internal & External techniques of heading. Currency

futures and options, Currency swaps. Speculation in foreign exchange market.Currency

arbitrage.Covered interest arbitrage.Convertibility of Indian Rupee. Exchange Rate Behaviour,

efficiency and forecasting.

Page 230: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

230

UNIT - III (10 Hours)

Global Capital Markets, Historical perspective and development, participants, issues, investors,

intermediaries. Foreign Bonds & Euro Bonds.Foreign equity and Euro equity. Depository Receipts

(A.D.Rs and G. D.Rs) Disintermediation, Deregulation, Securitization, Globalization.

Methods of raising resources by borrowers in international markets – domestic foreign currency

loans out of foreign currency resources like FCNR (B), EEFC, etc.International portfolio

investment, International liquidity, Foreign Exchange Market Mechanism, Foreign Trade zone.

UNIT - IV (10 Hours)

International Bond Markets, Development, Types of Bonds, Floating Rate Notes (FRNs), Deep

Discount Bonds, Zero Coupon Bonds, Dual Currency Bonds, and Equity related Bonds. Procedure

for Bonds Issues.

Syndicated loans, Multicurrency options, Syndication process in practice, Offer documents and

mandate, Loan agreements. Rights and duties of managing and agents banks.

TEXT BOOKS:

T2. ApteP.G., ‘Multinational Financial Management’, Tata -McGraw Hill, New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R6. International Financial Management by VyuptakeshSharan

R7. International Financial Management by S.P. Sriniwasan

R8. International Finance by Mauric Levi, Keith P. ( 2013 Edition)

R9. Foreign Exchange, International Finance, Risk Management by A.V. Rajwade

R10. Currency Exposures and Derivatives by A.VRajwade

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Identify and Discuss the impact of globalization and the

connection of national economies and the world economy as a

whole.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand the international financial system and the various

issues in overseas funding.

2

Understand

CLO3 Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk

involved in it.

4,6

Analyze,

Apply

CLO4 Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding

alternatives.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO5 Examine International Bond Market. 5

Evaluate

Page 231: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

231

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M H H H L H M

CLO2 M M M H H H H H H H

CLO3 M L H H H H M L M

CLO4 M H H M H H M H

CLO5 H H M H H H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 232: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

232

CROSS-CULTURAL MANAGEMENT

MMG4005-IB L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand an overview of the meaning and dimensions of ‘Culture’;

CO2: To describe and analyze the impact of culture on business practices;

CO3: To Understand and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational culture.

CO4: To understand the impact of national culture on Corporate Human Resource management;

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to different cultures and

Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact over organizational Policies.

CLO2: Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and compare the impact of

cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and nonverbal communication.

CLO3: Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity. Assess the Cross cultural

intelligence and managerial competencies.

CLO4: Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning, employment and value

generation and quality improvement.

Unit I: (8 Hours)

Introduction Understanding culture: Values, world views and socio-cultural systems What is

culture and why is it important? How do people react to cultural differences? Can we measure or

graph cultural differences? Is it possible to change a culture? If so, how? What does culture have

to do with business? Ways of describing cultural differences Going International,

Unit II: (12 Hours)

Cultural diversity and multicultural teams: The impact of cultural differences on individuals,

Verbal and non-verbal communication across cultures, Kohlberg’s theory of moral reasoning,

Measuring cultural development, The historical origins of beliefs and values, Impact of cross

cultural communication, , Kohlberg, Malcolm X, and Martin Luther King Jr, Are some societies

better than others?, Relativism vs. development, Respect cultural differences vs. stages of

development, The possibility of an international subculture.

Unit III: (10 Hours)

Conflict and negotiation: Gender differences, Gender, multiethnicity, religion, geography Body

language, The culture of poverty, Hofstede’s dimensions, Cultural aspects of international business

negotiations, Negotiation process, Negotiation Strategies,: Cultural diversity and multicultural

teams National cultures vs. organizational cultures, Knowledge cultures, Cross-cultural

intelligence and managerial competence, Motivating across cultures, Management of cross-culture

teams

Unit IV: (10 Hours)

Leadership traits required for managing cross culture teams Participatory Strategic Planning and

the Technology of Participation Change in corporate culture: the example of quality improvement,

Culture and ethics Understanding significance of cultural values & ethics in cross boarder

businesses, Corporate Culture and Cros Border HRM and Employment Practices with respect to

Japan, European countries, US, China, corporate social responsibility in MNC’s , The McDonald’s

Corporation,

Page 233: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

233

Text Books:

T3. Cross culture management by MsShobhanaMadhavan, Oxford University Press, 2011

T4. Eastern and Cross Culture Management by N K Singh , Springer

References:

R4. Gannon, Martin J. Paradoxes of Culture and Globalization. Sage Publications, 2008.

R5. Class notes are available at www.gwu.edu/~umpleby/mgt216

R6. For information on group projects see www.gwu.edu/~rpsol/service-learning

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to

different cultures and Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact

over organizational Policies.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and

compare the impact of cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and

nonverbal communication.

1, 2 , 3,

Remember,

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity.

Assess the Cross cultural intelligence and managerial competencies.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO4 Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning,

employment and value generation and quality improvement.

2, 6

Understand,

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 H M H M H H H H -

CLO2 H H H H H M H H -

CLO3 H H H H H H H H H -

CLO4 H H H H H H H M H H -

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 234: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

234

Electives: ENTREPRENEURSHIP

AND FAMILY

BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

Page 235: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

235

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS FOR SMALL BUSINESS

MMG4001-ET

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To expose student to needs of Family business / small business Accounting and Finance.

CO2: To prepare student to maintain books of accounts.

CO3: To teach them about inventory management and operations control.

CO4: To provide overview of inventory and asset management and operations.

Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course the students will be able to :

CLO1: Describe the basic accounting concepts and have an overview of business operations

CLO2: Differentiate between various costs and their relative relevance to budgeting

CLO3: Apply the concepts of money management by controlling cash flows using forecasts and

preventive cash flow techniques.

CLO4: Explain the relevance of equity, debt and gifts in small business finance.

CLO5: Formulate financial management for different types of ventures and various stages of

operation.

CLO6: Evaluating and framing of inventory and operations management procedures and

internalizing the intricacies of capital budgeting

Unit 1- (10 Hours)

Small business accounting: Overview of basic accounting concepts. Analysis of Business

operations, The business plan and budget process, Planning/Budgeting, Completing a master

budget, Sales budget, Purchase budget, Cost of goods sold, Labor budget, Selling, general, and

administrative expense budget, Overhead budget, Budgeted income statement, Completing a

comprehensive budget, Controlling, Preparing a Master Budget, Decision Making.

Unit 2- (10 Hours)

Cash: Lifeblood of the business: The importance of money management, Money in/ Money Out

, Money as a key idea, Cash and cash equivalents, Managing cash flow, Company and bank cash

balances, Reconciling bank balances with company book balances, Planning cash needs, Sales

budget: forecasting sales receipts, Cash receipts budget, Forecasting cash disbursements, A

comprehensive budget, Preventive cash flow problems, Techniques to increase cash inflow,

Techniques to decrease cash outflows, Controlling Cash shortages.

Unit 3- (10 Hours)

Small business finance: Using equity, debt, and gifts: Focus on small business: Sources of

financing for small businesses, Financing with equity, Determining personal net worth, Getting

equity investment for your business, Obtaining your credit report, Gift financing, Finding grants,

selecting the sources of finance for the business. Financial management for the life of the business,

Tools for financial management, Financial Management for start-up, Financial Management for

growth, Financial Management for operations, Financial Management for business exit.

Page 236: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

236

Unit 4- (10 Hours)

Assets: Inventory and operations management: Managing short-term assets, Accounts

receivable, The pros and cons of offering credit to customers, Managing account receivables,

accounts receivable as a source of financing, Using receivables to raise immediate cash, Managing

inventory, Determining the appropriate level of inventory, Scheduling ordering and receipt of

inventory, Just-in-time inventory systems, Other approaches to inventory control, Determining the

value of Inventory. Understanding whole of life costs for capital budgeting, The capital budgeting

decisions, Payback period, Rate of return on investment. Practical in small business.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Jerome Katz, Richard Green, Second Edition (2011), Entrepreneurial small business, Tata

McGraw- Hill

T2. Khan and Jain, Sixth Edition (2012), Financial Management- Text and Problems, Tata

McGraw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1.Prasanna Chandra, Eight Edition (2011), Financial Management Theory and Practice”, TMH

R2. R P Rustagi, (2010), Financial Management: Theory, Concepts & Problem, Taxmann,

R3.I.M. Pandey, Eighth Edition (2010), Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd,

New Delhi

R4.S.P. Gupta, Second Edition (2009), Financial Management, SahityaBhawan Publication, Agra

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

Page 237: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

237

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the basic accounting concepts and have an overview of

business operations

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Differentiate between various costs and their relative relevance to

budgeting

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply the concepts of money management by controlling cash

flows using forecasts and preventive cash flow techniques.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4 Explain the relevance of equity, debt and gifts in small business

finance.

2, 3, 4

Understand,

Apply,

Analyze

CLO5 Formulate financial management for different types of ventures and

various stages of operation.

3,5

Apply

Evaluate

CLO6 Evaluating and framing of inventory and operations management

procedures and internalizing the intricacies of capital budgeting

2, 4, 6

Understand,

Analyze,

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M H H L M H M H M

CLO2 H M H H M M L M H M

CLO3 H M H H L H M M M M

CLO4 H M H H M H M H M M

CLO5 H M H H L M M M M H

CLO6 H H H H M M M H M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 238: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

238

MANAGEMENT OF MSME

MMG4002-ET

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To describe Small Scale Industry in the Indian context.

CO2: To discuss the role of institutional support to Small Industries.

Course Learning Outcome:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Describe the concept of small scale industry, its position in India, role in economic

development and various associated policies.

CLO2: Discern the various institutional infrastructure set up by central and state governments.

CLO3: Apply concepts to understand the working of financial bodies that provide support and the

common problems associated in raising finance.

CLO4: Explain the relevance of quality and associated terminologies and processes- TQM,

KAIZEN etc.

CLO5: Formulate the inventory management system and grasp the models and the intricacies of

supply chain framework.

CLO6: Evaluate the legal requirements concerning business and have and overview of various

related Acts.

Unit 1- (10 Hours)

Introduction to Small Industry: Introduction, Concept of small industry, Position in India, Role

of small industries in economic development. Definition of Smallscale Industries, Undertakings,

SSI Policy Statement, Procedure for SSI Registration, The Strengths and Weakness of Small

Business. Reasons for the significance of small sector, various forms of smallscale enterprises

Policy Support to Small Sector in India: Industrial Policy Resolution 1948, 1956, 1977, 1980,

1990, 1991, Policies and measures for promoting small industries, Ancillarisation and its role.

Unit 2- (10 Hours)

Institutional Support to Small Industries: Institutional Infrastructure set up by Central

Government and at the state level- SIDO, DCSSI, SISIs, NSIC, PDTCs Specialized Corporations,

DICs, Specialized Corporations DICs, and Addresses of SISIs etc. Finance for Small Industries:

Financing by commercial banks, Assistance by other agencies NSIC; IDBI - Refinance assistance,

Bills rediscounting scheme, Special Capital/Seed Capital Scheme, Export Finance; Non-traditional

methods of financing, common problems in raising finances.

Unit 3- (10 Hours)

Quality Dimensions for MSME Success:

- Quality definition, dimensions- Customer, Manufacturer, Internal Customer.

- Overview of TQM, basic concept of KAIZEN, 55, Quality Circles

-Importance of Operation Management- Volume, Variety & Flow- Continuous and intermittent

flow system

-Inventory Planning and Control- EOQ Model

Page 239: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

239

-Production Planning- Role & Functions

- Supply chain integrated framework

Unit 4- (10 Hours)

Legal Requirements Concerning Business: Overview of various related Acts (Factories Act,

1948; 1938; Employees Provident Fund Act, 1952, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Workmen's

Compensation Act, 1923; Trade Union Act, 1948; Payment of Bonus Act, 1965; Payment of

Gratuity Act, 1972). Taxation Benefits to Small Industry.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Dr. C.L. Bansal, (2016), Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, HarAnand

Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

T2. Mohinder Singh, First edition (2016)Management Of Micro, Small And Medium Enterprises

(MSME'S) In India, Nirmal Publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Dr. MadhurimaLall&ShikhaSahai, Second Edition (2008), Entrepreneurship, Excel Books,

New Delhi

R2. R. Srinivasan, C.PLohith,Strategic Marketing and Innovation for Indian MSMEs, Springer

Singapore

R3. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (IIBF), (2013), Small and Medium Enterprises in India,

Taxmann Publications Pvt Ltd., New Delhi

Page 240: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

240

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to :

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the concept of small scale industry, its position in India,

role in economic development and various associated policies.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Discern the various institutional infrastructure set up by central and

state governments.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO3 Apply concepts to understand the working of financial bodies that

provide support and the common problems associated in raising

finance.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO4 Explain the relevance of quality and associated terminologies and

processes- TQM, KAIZEN etc.

2, 3, 4

Understand,

Apply,

Analyze

CLO5 Formulate the inventory management system and grasp the models

and the intricacies of supply chain framework.

3,5

Apply

Evaluate

CLO6 Evaluate the legal requirements concerning business and have and

overview of various related Acts.

2, 4, 6

Understand,

Analyze

Evaluate

Page 241: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

241

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 M M H M M L L M H M

CLO2 M M H L M M M M H M

CLO3 M M H M M L H M H M

CLO4 H H H M M M H M H M

CLO5 H M H H M M M M H H

CLO6 M M H L M H H H H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 242: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

242

MANAGING, GROWING AND EXITING THE NEW

VENTURE

MMG4003-ET

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To identify stages of venture and entrepreneurial conduct

CO2: To prepare student with the understanding of resources and external sources

CO3: To describe separation and exit strategies

Course Learning Outcome:On completion of the course students will be able to:

CLO1: Describe the concept generating and exploiting new entry opportunities

CLO2: Differentiate opportunity on the basis of risk, uncertainty and potential and the

advantages of being a first mover.

CLO3: Understand the concepts to understand various strategies of growth and their

implication on financial, human resource and entrepreneurial resources.

CLO4: Explain the relevance of using external parties to grow a business- franchising, joint

ventures, mergers etc.

CLO5: Formulate the strategy for negotiating for resources and assessing the impact of Going

Public

CLO6: Evaluate routes available for reorganization and ending the venture and planning Exit

strategy.

Unit 1- (10 Hours)

Entrepreneurial Strategy: Generating and Exploiting New Entries:

New Entry, Generation of a New Entry Opportunity - Resources as a Source of Competitive

Advantage, Creating a Resource Bundle. Assessing the Attractiveness of a New Entry

Opportunity - Information of New Entry, Comfort with Making a Decision under Uncertainty,

Decision to Exploit or Not to Exploit the New Entry. Entry Strategy for New Entry Exploitation

- Environmental Instability and First Mover Advantages/ disadvantages, Customer Uncertainty

and First Mover Advantages/disadvantages, Lead Time and First Mover

Advantages/disadvantages. Risk Reduction Strategies for New Entry Exploitation- Market

Scope Strategy, Imitation Strategies, Managing Newness.

Unit 2- (10 Hours)

Strategies For Growth And Managing The Implications of Growth:

Growth Strategies: Growth Opportunities- Penetration Strategies, Market Development

Strategies, Product Development Strategies, Diversification Strategies, Example of Growth

Strategies. Economic Implications of Growth. Implications of Growth for the Firm - Pressures

on Existing Financial Resources , Pressures on Human Resources, Pressures on Management

of Employees , Pressures on Entrepreneur’s Time. Overcoming the Pressures.

Unit 3- (10 Hours)

Page 243: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

243

Accessing Resources For Growth From External Sources:

Using External Parties to Help Grow a Business, Franchising - Advantages of Franchising- to

the Franchisee, Advantages of Franchising- to the Franchiser, Disadvantages of Franchising,

Types of Franchising, Investing in Franchising.Joint Ventures- Types of Joint Ventures,

Factors in Joint Ventures.Acquisition- Advantages of Acquisition, Disadvantages of

Acquisition, Synergy, Structuring the Deal, Locating Acquisition Candidates.Mergers,

Leveraged Buyouts, Overcoming Constraints by Negotiating for More Resources.Going

Public: Advantages and Disadvantages of Going Public.

Unit 4- (10 Hours)

Ending the Venture: Bankruptcy- An overview, Reorganization- Surviving Bankruptcy,

Prepackaged Bankruptcy, Extended Time Payment Plans, Liquidation, Strategy during

Reorganization, Keeping the Venture Going, Warning Signs of Bankruptcy, Starting Over, The

Reality of Failure, Business Turnarounds, Exit Strategy. Succession of Business- Transfer to

Family Members, Transfer to Non-Family Members.Harvesting Strategy- Direct Sale,

Employee Stock Option Plan, Management Buyout.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Robert D Hisrich, Michel P Peters, Dean A Shepherd, Sixth Edition, Entrepreneurship,

Tata Mcgraw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. James Collins, William C. Lazier, Beyond Entrepreneurship: Turning Your Business into

an Enduring Great Company, Prentice Hall

Page 244: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

244

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Describe the concept generating and exploiting new entry

opportunities

1

Remember,

CLO2 Differentiate opportunity on the basis of risk, uncertainty and

potential and the advantages of being a first mover.

4

Analyze

CLO3 Understand the concepts to understand various strategies of

growth and their implication on financial, human resource and

entrepreneurial resources.

2

Understand

CLO4 Explain the relevance of using external parties to grow a business-

franchising, joint ventures, mergers etc.

2

Understand,

CLO5 Formulate the strategy for negotiating for resources and assessing

the impact of Going Public

3,5

Apply

Evaluate

CLO6 Evaluate routes available for reorganization and ending the

venture and planning Exit strategy.

5

Evaluate

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O1

0

PL

O1

1

PL

O1

2

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M H M M M H H M H H

CLO2 H M H H M M M M M H H

CLO3 H H H H H M H M L H H

CLO4 H H H H H M H H H M M

CLO5 H H H H M M M M M M H

CLO6 H M H H M H H M H M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 245: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

245

OPEN

ELECTIVE/VALUE

ADDED COURSES

Page 246: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

246

ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT

MMG4001-OE/MMG4001-VA

(40 Hours)

Course Learning Objective:

CO1: To illustrate students with a conceptual framework addressing the strategic importance

of managing change and organization development (OD) in various agencies, human service

organizations, community organizations and other settings.

CO2: To describe the process of implementing changes as the key facet and fundamental

challenge in managing organizational change.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Compare and contrast approaches to change management intended to produce nimble,

high-performing organizations.

CLO2: Enhance their capacity to think systemically about issues of change management.

CLO3: Develop the ability to give and receive effective feedback on facilitation and training

competencies.

CLO4: Demonstrate competence in developing specific measurable goals and utilizing

appropriate change interventions to achieve the project goals.

UNIT-I (8 Hours)

Nature of organizational change, Forces of change, Types of organizational change – External

and Internal, Recognizing the need for change, Problem diagnosis, planned change, Leading

the change process, Strategies and Skills for Communicating Change

UNIT – II (8 Hours)

Models of organizational change – Force Field, Kurt Lewis, Systems, The Six‐Box

organizational Model, The 7‐S framework, Identifying alternate change techniques, Resistance

to change, Managing resistance to change, The process of organizational change. Incremental

Change Vs Disruptive Change.

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

Organisation development- Concept and process; Assumptions and values underlying

organisation development (OD); Foundations of organisation development, Emergence of OD

as an applied behavioural science; Role of top management and organization development

practitioners.

Organisational Diagnosis: Techniques of organisational diagnosis- Questionnaires, interviews,

workshops, task -forces and other methods; Collecting and analysing diagnostic information;

feeding back diagnostic information.

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

OD Interventions: Change agents- Role, skills and styles of change agents; Relation with the

client system; Designing interventions; Evaluating and institutionalizing interventions; Action

research; Structural interventions- Work redesign, work modules, Quality of work life (QWL),

Quality circles(QC); Behavioural interventions- Management by objectives (MBO),

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Page 247: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

247

Sensitivity training, Transactional analysis; Career planning; Inter-group interventions- team

building, survey feedback, Grid OD; Techno-structural interventions- Restructuring

organizations, Employee involvement.

Text Books:

T1. Organization Development: Interventions And Strategies, S.Ramnarayan, TV Rao and

Kuldeep Singh (Ed.), Response Books, ISBN- 9780761992240.

T2. Organization Change & Development, Kavita Singh, Excel Books, ISBN

– 9788174468116

Reference Books:

R1. Change & Knowledge Management-R.L. Nandeshwar, Bala Krishna Jayasimha, Excel

Books

R2. Change Management, concepts and applications, Radha R. Sharma, McGraw Hil,

R3. MANAGING ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE: A multiple perspectives approach, Ian

Palmer, Richard Dunford, Gib Akin.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Compare and contrast approaches to change management

intended to produce nimble, high-performing organizations.

4

Analyze

CLO2 Enhance their capacity to think systemically about issues of

change management.

3

Apply,

CLO3 Develop the ability to give and receive effective feedback on

facilitation and training competencies.

6

Create

CLO4 Demonstrate competence in developing specific measurable

goals and utilizing appropriate change interventions to

achieve the project goals

3, 4

Apply,

Analyze,

Page 248: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

248

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H M L M H L L H L M H

CLO2 H L L H L H L M H

CLO3 H L L H L L H L M M

CLO4 H M L H L H L M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 249: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

249

HR ISSUES IN MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

MMG4002-OE/MMG4002-VA

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To familiarize the students with the Conceptual framework relating to M&A and

Organization integration.

CO2: To enable students to understand Human and cultural related issues arising out of M&A

CO3: To outline the various roles of HR functionaries in dealing with M&A

CO4: To build competencies in the participants to manage people and culture related issues

during an M&A process.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of Merger and Acquisition

CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various Human Due Diligence.

CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various models of Merger and Acquits ion

CLO4: Creating High Potential Employees and Defining HR role in Managing Merger and

Acquisition.

UNIT I (10 Hours)

Conceptual Framework: Concepts of Mergers and Acquisitions, Organizational Growth

through M&A,M&A in historical perspective, The Indian Scenario of M&A , An overview of

HR contributions towards M&A

UNIT II (8 Hours)

Understanding the Strategic Dynamics of M&A: Developing integration models, Human

Due diligence, implementing the integration plan

UNIT III (12 Hours)

HR Related Issues in M&A: Organizational Vision and Mission, Developmental structures

and systems, HR policies, Managing Ambiguity, Attracting and retaining high performers,

Managing lift-outs, Utilizing and managing excess manpower, Establishing of continuity and

integration of culture, Managing insecurity and stress, Organizational Renewal

UNIT IV (10 Hours)

HR Role in Managing M&A: Managing Change, HR Role in Managing change through

M&A

M&A Phases and HR Role, Preliminary stage (establishing people and culture fit), M&A

phase

Post M&A roles, HR Competencies in Managing M&A (Project based module)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Page 250: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

250

Text Books:

T1. Mergers and Acquisitions: Organizational Culture and HR issues by Deborah A.

Pikula, IRC Press, 2011

T2. Making Mergers Work: The Strategic Importance of People by Jeferry A. Schmidt,

Society for Human Resource Management, 2002.

Reference Books:

R1. HR Know How in Mergers and Acquisitions by Cartwright and Cary L Cooper, CIPD

2002

R2. Strategic Management by AzharKazmi& Adela Kazmi, Pearson, 2008.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s

TaxonomyLevel

CLO1 Define and describe the concepts of Merger and Acquisition

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand and illustrate the various Human Due Diligence.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Demonstrate and compare various models of Merger and

Acquisition

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4

Creating High Potential Employees and Defining HR role in

Managing Merger and Acquisition.

6

Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learnin

g

Outcom

es

ProgramLearning

Outcomes(PLOs)

ProgramSpecific

Outcomes(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

P

LO

8

PL

O9

P

LO

10

P

LO

11

P

LO

12

P

SO

1

PS

O2

P

SO

3

PS

O4

CLO1 M L M H M

CLO2 H M H H M

CLO3 H H L L H L H M

CLO4 H H L L H L M L H:HighM:MediumL:Low

Page 251: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

251

RURAL MARKETING

MMG4003-OE/MMG4003-VA L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the conceptual framework for managing rural markets.

CO2: To Analyze the needs and behavior of consumers and channels

CO3: To understand the peculiarities of rural markets, channels and competition in marketing

decision making

CO4: To understand the rural Market Segmentation and Rural Products

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understand the meaning and analyze the emergence of Rural Marketing.

CLO2: Apply the concepts, techniques and processes of marketing in rural context.

CLO3: Identify the different pricing strategy from the affordability perspective. Determine the

classification of product.

CLO4: Understand the distribution policies. Discuss the coverage decision and GIS and

measure its trends.

CLO5: Assess the changed patterns in the environment. Discuss the key aspects that require

attention of rural marketing

UNIT-I [09 Hours]

Rural Marketing : Characteristics and Dimensions of Rural Markets, Rural Market Profile,

Rural Market in India - Size and Scope, Environment and Emerging Profile of Rural Markets

in India, Constraints in Rural Marketing and strategy to overcome the constraints.

UNIT-II [11 Hours]

Rural consumer dimensions, Rural Demand Dimension, Tapping the Rural Markets, Rural

Market Segmentation - Basis and Strategies, Need & wants of Rural Consumers, Marketing

Mix for Rural Marketing - Product Planning for Rural Products - Pricing Methods and

Strategies for Products of Rural Markets Product Management in Rural Markets

UNIT III: [10 Hours]

Distribution pattern and methods in rural markets, Channel management in rural markets

Managing physical distribution in rural markets, Marketing Communication in Rural Markets

: Promotion as a component in marketing communication-Advertising and sales promotion for

rural markets - Major challenges in Media planning - Sales force management in rural markets

UNIT IV: [10 Hours]

Rural Market and Brand Management, Marketing Strategies for Indian Rural Market.,

Case of HUL – Project Shakti, Case of CFCL – UttamBandhan, Case of ITC – e-Choupal, Case

of Colgate – Education, Case of HLL – Social Marketing, lessons from experience.

Page 252: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

252

Text Book:

T1.Rural Marketing, PradeepKashyap, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2016

Reference Books:

R1.A.K. Singh & S. Pandey,Rural Marketing: Indian Perspective, New Age International

Publishers, 2007.

R2.CSG Krishnamacharylu&Laitha Ramakrishna, - Rural Marketing,Pearson Education

Asia. 2009

R3. BalaramDogra&KarminderGhuman, RURAL MARKETING: CONCEPT & CASES,

Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2008

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLOs Course Learning Outcome BLOOMS

TAXONOMY

CLO1 Understand the meaning and analyse the emergence of Rural

Marketing.

2,4

Understand

Analyse

CLO2 Apply the concepts, techniques and processes of marketing in

rural context.

3

Apply

CLO3 Identify the different pricing strategy from the affordability

perspective. Determine the classification of product.

2

Understand

CLO4 Understand the distribution policies. Discuss the coverage

decision and GIS and measure its trends.

2, 4

Understand,

Analyze

CLO5 Assess the changed patterns in the environment. Discuss the key

aspects that require attention of rural marketing

4

Analyze

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs &PSOs

Page 253: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

253

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program

Learning

Outcomes

(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H H H H M H H

CLO2 M H M H M M H

CLO3 H M M M L H

CLO4 H H L H

CLO5 H L H M H

H:HighM:MediumL:Low

Page 254: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

254

MALL MANAGEMENT

MMG4004-OE/MMG4004-VA

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To enhance the understanding of the concepts, theories, and strategies related to

Shopping Mall.

CO2: To provide knowledge on Mall design and its retail components and their influence on

retail strategy and various mall management decisions.

CO3: To enhance the ability of the students to apply the acquired knowledge in real life mall

management situations.

Course Learning Outcomes: Oncompletion of this course, students will be able to:

CLO1: Discuss and define the concept of Mall management

CLO2: Classify and describe the Mall architecture and mall project handling

CLO3: Organize and assess the existing situations in Mall Management

CLO4: Compare and develop a system for efficient Mall management.

UNIT- I [10 Hours]

History of malls, Growth of malls in India, some of the largest malls in the world, Types of

malls, Significance of shopping malls & its Positioning Strategies, Dynamics among

stakeholders of a mall, mall management terminology.

UNIT- II [10 Hours]

Site selection, Site control and acquisition, Market Analysis-Evaluation of retail trade area,

Shopping Centre Planning & design, Components of lease agreement, other issues in leasing

UNIT- III [09 Hours]

Concept of tenant mix, Managing retail tenant mix, Policies for managing tenant mix, Rules of

tenant mix concept, Concept and importance of Anchor store.

UNIT- IV [11 Hours]

Concept of facilities management, O&M for mall, Areas of maintenance, Maintenance by Mall

Manager/specialized agency, Parking management, Insurance, Entertainment in shopping.

Text Book:

L

T

P

C

3 0 0 3

Page 255: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

255

T1.Mall Management with case studies: Abhijit Das, Taxmann, 2nd Edition.

Reference Books:

R1. Arif I. Sheikh and Dr. Kaneez Fatima: Mall Management, Himalaya Publishing

House.

R2. Harvinder Singh and Srini R. Srinivasan : Mall management, Tata McGraw Hill

Education

R3. KamladeviBaskaran: Mall Management, Lambert Academic Publishing

R4. SwapnaPradhan, Retail Management: Text & Cases, McGraw Hill (2012) 5th Edition

R5. Levy,Weitz& Ajay Pandit, Retailing Management, McGraw Hill 8th Edition.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO1 DESCRIPTION Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Discuss and define the concept of Mall management 1, 2,

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Classify and describe the Mall architecture and mall project

handling

2,

Understand

CLO3 Organize and assess the existing situations in Mall

Management

3, 5

Apply,

Evaluate

CLO4 Compare and develop a system for efficient Mall

management.

3,6

Apply,

Create

Page 256: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

256

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 L M M M H H H

CLO2 L M H M H H H H

CLO3 L M H M H H H H

CLO4 L M H H H H H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 257: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

257

INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

MMG4005-OE/MMG4005-VA L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To make budding finance professional understand the fundamentals of Insurance

and Risk Management

CO2: To develop an understanding of different Insurance policy like whole life

policy, endowment policy, annuity policy, Pension funds etc.and decision making in

choosing policies.

CO3: To evaluate the Risk, Determining Optimum Risk Management and Value

Creation.

CO4: To Understand the Legal Compliance in Insurance business.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Understanding the Insurance Business and Analyzing different insurance products

that are available in India.

CLO2: Analyzing various Techniques of the Life Insurance and Evaluation of Life Insurance

Business, Portfolio tools, Pension Funds etc

CLO3: Understanding the Financial Aspect of Insurance, Determination and Evaluation of

Premium, Bonuses. Understanding of Mutual Funds, Housing Finance etc.

CLO4: Selection and Evaluation of Risk Management. Applying Risk Adjusted Performance

Measures. Determination of Value at Risk. Understanding of Insurance Legalities.

UNIT - I (8 Hours)

Meaning, nature and scope of insurance, Types of insurance business, Importance of insurance

in economic development, Pooling risks: mutuality &solidarity, reinsurance

business,Principles of life insurance and governance of insurance business.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Life insurance technique: The basics- Demographical bases, life insurance products: Single

premiums, Single recurrent and periodic premium insurance, Products, Mathematical

provisions, Life insurance products: Endowment, Life annuity, Unit and index linked, Pension

funds, Life insurance technique: applications- Life insurance with benefits linked to investment

performance, the valuation of the life insurance business, Portfolio Evaluation tools Risks and

Solvency, Pension Funds and Occupational Pension Schemes

UNIT - III (8 Hours)

Financial Aspects of Insurance Management- Insurance companies and functions, Mutual

funds, Housing finance etc.Important general insurance products, Determination of premiums

and bonuses, various distribution channels.

Page 258: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

258

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

Risk Management: Risk management objectives and tools, Risk management and value

creation, The risk management process, Enterprise-wide risk management, Risk management

in industrial companies, RAPM -Risk Adjusted Performance Measures, Value at risk and

underwriting, Role of Actuaries- Product framing, Underwriting guidelines. Preparation of

insurance documents policy and conditions.

Text Book:

T1. NeelamGulati-Principles of Risk Management& Insurance (Excel Books)

Reference Books:

R1Kakkar&Srivastava – Insurance and Risk Management (Universities Press)

R2. Vaughan & Vaughan - Fundamentals of risk & Insurance (John Wiley & Sons, New

York)

R3. Srivastava D.C., SrivastavaShashank - Indian Insurance Industry Transition & Prospects

(New Century Publications, Delhi)

R4. Mishra M.N. - Insurance Principle & Practice (Sultan Chand & Company Ltd., New

Delhi)

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able

to:

CLO1 DESCRIPTION Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1 Understanding the Insurance Business and Analyzing

different insurance products that are available in India.

2, 4,

Understand,

Analyze

CLO2 Analyzing various Techniques of the Life Insurance and

Evaluation of Life Insurance Business, Portfolio tools,

Pension Funds etc

4, 5

Analyz,

Evaluate

CLO3 Understanding the Financial Aspect of Insurance,

Determination and Evaluation of Premium, Bonuses.

Understanding of Mutual Funds, Housing Finance etc.

2, 5

Understand,

Evaluate

CLO4 Selection and Evaluation of Risk Management. Applying

Risk Adjusted Performance Measures. Determination of

Value at Risk. And Understanding of Insurance Legalities.

2,3,4

Understand,

Apply,

Evaluate

Page 259: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

259

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CLO1 H L M M M L

CLO2 H H M H M

CLO3 H H M H

CLO4 H M H H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Page 260: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

260

ONLINE TRADING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

MMG4006-OE/MMG4006-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand how to do the trading of financial assets online.

CO2: To know practically the prerequisites of trading

CO3: To analyze the securities using the MIS reports available online.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concepts and elements of Capital Market.

CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various financial products and services available in capital

market.

CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various investment options available by using online

platforms.

CLO4: Design and create a favorable investment plan and use of excel for profit management.

UNIT - I (10Hours)

Overview of Capital Markets: Overview of Indian capital market and global capital market, Stock

exchanges in India: Vision, Mission and functions, Products &participants, Key indicators of

securities market, market segments & their products, options available with investors for trading

online.

UNIT - II (10Hours)

Products in Capital Markets: Capital Market( Equity, Indices, MFs, ETFs, IPOs, Offer for sale,

IPP, SLBs) Derivatives (Equity derivatives, Currency Derivative, Interest rate derivatives, Global

indices) Debt ( Retail debt market, Wholesale debt market, Corporate bonds) Investors' rights and

obligations

UNIT - III (10Hours)

Trading Online: Pre requirements and documentation, Online trading and mobile applications,

Verifying trades, contract notes, bills, demands. Verifying margin requirements and balance in

trading account. Analysis using online information: Using online reports and charts for analysis

and decision making (daily, monthly)

UNIT - IV (10Hours)

Creating data base for your portfolio, Understanding Trading, Clearing & settlement and Risk

Management related to each product in Capital Market.

Profit Management: Managing online 3 portfolios and related customized market watch (e.g. My

NSE) along with related detailed MIS in excel

Page 261: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

261

Text Book:

T1. Mastering the Trade: Proven Techniques for Profiting from Intraday and Swing Trading

Setups (McGraw-Hill Trader's Edge Series) by John F. Carter.

Reference Books:

R1. A Beginner's Guide to Day Trading Online (2nd edition) by Toni Turner.

R2. Day Trade Online – Christopher A. Farrell

R3. Indian Financial System – M.Y.Khan –Tata McGraw Hill

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy

Level

CLO1

Define and describe the concepts and elements of Capital

Market.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Understand and illustrate the various financial products and

services available in capital market.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various investment options

available by using online platforms.

4, 5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Design and create a favorable investment plan and use of

excel for profit management.

6

Create

Page 262: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

262

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Course

Learning

Outcomes

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

PL

O5

PL

O6

PL

O7

PL

O8

PL

O9

PL

O10

PL

O11

PL

O12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

PS

O4

CLO1 M L M H M

CLO2 H M H H M

CLO3 H H L L H L H M

CLO4 H H L L H L M L

Page 263: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

263

MANAGEMENT OF HEALTHCARE SERVICES

MMG4007-OE/MMG4007-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the principles and practices essential for managing a Healthcare organization.

CO2: To understand Health care management, the subject encompasses management principles in

Interdisciplinary mode, functions and processes, discussing their significance and role in effective

and efficient management of Healthcare organizations.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of Healthcare system and its’ effective management.

CLO2: Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that can be used for decision making

in healthcare management.

CLO3: Apply and examine the use of ICT and ICPM in healthcare management.

CLO4: Analyze and solve the Legal and Medical issue of healthcare management.

UNIT –I [8 Hours]

Unique features of Healthcare

Healthcare as an organization, Concept of Management in Healthcare Organizations, Indian

Healthcare system, Health Policies, Expenditure and Allocations, Under Five -Year Plans, Role of

Private Sector and PPP, Healthcare as a Service Operation, Corporate Social Responsibility,

Healthcare Units / Hospitals

UNIT – II [8 Hours]

Management Functions related to Healthcare

Characteristics of a Modern Healthcare unit, Nature of Management Process and Managerial

Functions with special reference to Healthcare, Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing,

Coordinating and Controlling, Supply Chain of a Healthcare system, Application of Supply Chain

functions to Healthcare Organizations

UNIT – III [12 Hours]

Legal and Medical Issues in Healthcare

Law and establishment of Hospitals, Private / Public Hospitals, Legal requirements under Medical

Council Acts, Hospitals as an 'Industry', Application of Labour Enactments, Discipline in

Hospitals' Legal Liability of Health Care Organization Hospitals, Criminal, and Civil. Liability for

Negligence, Consumer Protection Law, Absolute Liability and Vicarious Liability, Legal remedies

available to Patients, Remedies under Contract Law, Criminal law and Consumer protection' Act.

UNIT – IV [12 Hours]

Information Communication Technology (ICT) in a Healthcare System

Page 264: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

264

Data entry, Formatting of Data, Data handling, Filter of Raw data, Charts and Mapping, Statistical

applications, Testing of Health Care Data, Application of Queuing model of Critical care unit in a

Health care system.

Inventory Control and Purchase Management (ICPM) in Healthcare Hospital Inventory

Management

Store Management / Inventory Control in Health Care system, Impact on profitability of the

Organization, Different types of Hospital Inventories, Categories of materials in Hospital as un-

expendable and expandable, Classification of un -expandable items, Hospital maintenance items,

Selective Inventory Controls Systems, ABC Analysis.

Minimum 5 Cases to be discussed

Text Books:

T1.Healthcare Systems and Management, Goel S. L , Deep and Deep Publications

Reference Books:

R1. Essentials of management, Koontz Harold, Heinz Weihrich, McGraw Hill International

R2. Medical negligence and legal remedies, AnoopKaushal K, Universal law Publisher.

R3. Management Information System, Gordon B. Davis and M. H. Ols'on, McGraw Hill

Publishing Company.

R4. Hospital Stores Management, Shakti Gupta, SunilkanthJaypee

R5. Managing a Modem hospital, SrinivasanA.V. (ed), Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, Response Books

R6. Facilities Planning and Arrangement in Healthcare, Kunders, G.D Prism Books Pvt Ltd.

Bangalore.

R7. Hospital Planning and Administration, Davies Llewellyn R & Macaulay H M C Jaypee

Brothers

R8. Principles of Hospital Administration & Planning, Sakharkar, B M – Jaypee

R9. A handbook on Hospital Administration, Sharma K R, Sharma Yashpal, Durga Printers

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course,the students will be

able to:

Page 265: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

265

CLO Description Bloom’s

TaxonomyLe

vel

CLO1

Define and describe the concepts of Healthcare system and its’ effective

management.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that can be used for

decision making in healthcare management.

2,3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Apply and examine the use of ICT and ICPM in healthcare management. 3,4

Apply,

Analyze

CLO4

Analyze and solve the Legal and Medical issue of healthcare

management

4,6

Analyze,

Creating

Page 266: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

266

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs &PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

ProgramLearning

Outcomes(PLOs)

ProgramSpecific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

P

LO

4

PL

O5

P

LO

6

PL

O7

P

LO

8

PL

O9

P

LO

10

P

LO

11

P

LO

12

P

SO

1

PS

O2

P

SO

3

PS

O4

CLO1

M

M

M

M

M

CLO2

H

M

H

H

H

CLO3

H

L

H

M

H

H

H

CLO4

H

M

L

L

H

M

M

M

H:HighM:MediumL:Low

Page 267: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

267

REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

MMG4008-OE/MMG4008-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To explain fundamentals of professional property management of investment properties:

residential, commercial and industrial.

CO2: To describe organization, staffing, marketing, accounting maintenance, landlord/tenant law

and management procedures.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Define and explain concept and laws relating to the practice of property management.

CLO2: Describe and illustrate current marketing, ethical and maintenance procedures used by real

estate firms.

CLO3: Analyze and determine the need and importance of specialized training and experience

needed for today’s professional property managers/experts.

CLO4: Apply and examine the principles and marketing skills needed to manage multi-residential,

commercial and industrial properties.

Unit 1 (10 Hours)

The real estate activity specific vocabulary ,The real estate transactions objects nature (land,

buildings, projects), The real estate objects fields (residential, commercial, offices, industrial),

Understanding the main aspects of the real estate activity: the business and the services of the real

estate agents, The main real estate services: brokerage, selling, renting, property management,

valuation, consulting .

Unit 2 (10 Hours)

The real estate activity in India , Legal structure of the activity - focused on the specific transactions

practice, Legal frame of the activity – national and international ( focused on the India), Specific

and connected legislation and regulations, standards and norms, National and international

associations and organizations, Education, licensing, E Professional ethics Issues, The real estate

practice understanding the Indian Standard.

Page 268: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

268

Unit 3 (10 Hours)

Services of real Estate agents - Requirements for the provision of services of real estate Agents,

Scope, Terms and definitions, Client relationship management, Information to be provided to the

buyer, Service delivery, The real estate practice - Understanding the Indian Standard

Unit 4 (10 Hours)

Services of real Estate agents - Requirements for the provision of services of real estate Agents,

Qualifications and competencies of real estate agents, Insurance , Complaints handling, Code of

ethics, Understanding the real estate market - conditions, specific, evolution, Evaluation basics of

the real estate objects , Relationships with other related professions .

Text Book:

T1. RERA-The Real Estate, JayeshGanatra, Adhyyan Books International Pvt. Ltd, Edition

2017

Reference Book:

R1. Principles of Real Management, Institute of Real estate Management, 15th Edition, D&

T Database 2005, ISBN 978-1572031135

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this Course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom ’s

TaxonomyLevel

CLO1 Define and explain concept and laws relating to the

practice Of property management.

1,2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2 Describe and illustrate current marketing ethical and

maintenance procedures used by realestate firms.

2, 3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3 Analyze and determine the need and importance of

specialized training and experience needed for today’s

professional property managers/experts.

4,5

Analyze,

Evaluate

CLO4 Apply and examine the principles and marketing skills

needed to manage multi-residential, commercial and

industrial properties.

3,4

Apply,

Analyze

Page 269: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

269

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning

Outcomes(PLOs)

Program

Specific

Outcomes

(PSOs)

PL

O1

PL

O2

P

LO

3

PL

O4

P

LO

5

PL

O6

PL

O7

P

LO

8

PL

O9

P

LO

10

P

LO

11

P

LO

12

P

SO

1

PS

O2

P

SO

3

PS

O4

CLO1

M

H

H

H

CLO2

H

M

H

H

M

CLO3

H

M

L

L

H

H

M

CLO4

H

M

L

L

H

H

L

H:HighM:MediumL:Low

Page 270: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

270

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

MMG4009-OE/MMG4009-VA

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(40 Hours)

Course Objectives:

CO1: To prepare students to plan for software project that includes estimates of size and effort, a schedule, resource allocation, configuration control, change management and project risk identification and management. CO2: To be familiar with the technology for selection, planning, streamlining and execution of projects while maintaining high standards of quality.

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO1: Remember and explain the basic concepts and mechanism of Software Management.

CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various quality parameters and testing mechanism of

software.

CLO3: Demonstrate and analyze various project management tools.

CLO4: Evaluate and monitor software project while maintaining high standards of quality.

UNIT I (10 Hours)

Introduction and Software Project Planning: Project definition, Need Identification, Vision and Scope document, Project Management Cycle, Management Spectrum, Software Project Planning, Planning Objectives, Project Plan, Types of project plan, Software project estimation, Estimation methods, Estimation models, Decision process.

UNIT II (10 Hours)

Project Evaluation and Activity Planning: Strategic Assessment, Technical Assessment, Cost Benefit Analysis, Cash Flow Forecasting, Cost Benefit Evaluation Techniques, Risk Evaluation.

Project Monitoring and Control: Dimensions of Project Monitoring & Control, Earned Value

Analysis, Earned Value Indicators, Interpretation of Earned Value Indicators, Error Tracking, Software Reviews

UNIT III (10 Hours)

Software Quality Assurance and Testing: Objectives of Testing, Test Plans, Test Cases, Types

of Testing, Levels of Testing, Program Verification & validation, Testing Automation & Testing

Page 271: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

271

Tools, Software Quality Metrics and Indicators, The SEI Capability Maturity Model (CMM),

SQA Activities, Formal SQA Approaches

UNIT IV (10 Hours)

Project Management and Project Management Tools: Software Configuration Management,

Baselines, Change Requests Management, Version Control, Risk Management, Risk

Breakdown Structure (RBS), Risk Management Process, Risk Planning and Control Software

Project Management Tools: CASE Tools, Planning and Scheduling Tools, MS-Project.

Text Book:

T1. Royce, “Software Project Management”,Pearson Education.

Reference Books:

R1. Bob Hughes, Mikecotterell, “Software Project Management”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

R2.Jalote, “Software Project Manangement in Practive”, Pearson Education.

R3.Kieron Conway, Software Project Management, Dreamtech Press

R4. S. A. Kelkar, Software Project Management, PHI Publication.

R5. M. Cotterell, Software Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom ’s

Taxonomy Level

CLO1

Remember and explain the basic concepts and mechanism of

Software Management.

1, 2

Remember,

Understand

CLO2

Understand and illustrate the various quality parameters

And testing mechanism of software.

2,3

Understand,

Apply

CLO3

Demonstrate and analyze various project management tools. 3,4

Apply, Analyze

CLO4

Evaluate and monitor software project while maintaining

High standard software quality.

5

Evaluate

Page 272: Master of Business Administrations (MBA)

272

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Course

Learning

Outcome

s

Program Learning

Outcomes(PLOs)

Program Specific

Outcomes(PSOs) P

LO

1

PL

O2

PL

O3

PL

O4

P

LO

5

PL

O6

PL

O7

P

LO

8

PL

O9

P

LO

10

P

LO

11

P

LO

12

P

SO

1

PS

O2

P

SO

3

PS

O4

CLO1

M

L

M

M

CLO2

H

M

M

M

L

CLO3

H

H

M

H

H

L

CLO4

M

M

H

L

H

L

H:HighM:MediumL:Low